1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
66                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
67       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
68         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
69     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
70     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
71     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72   }
73 
74   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
75     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
76       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
77       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
78       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
79              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
80     }
81     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
82   }
83 
84  private:
85   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
86   bool WantClassName;
87   bool AllowClassTemplates;
88 };
89 
90 }
91 
92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
94   switch (Kind) {
95   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
96   // token kind is a valid type specifier
97   case tok::kw_short:
98   case tok::kw_long:
99   case tok::kw___int64:
100   case tok::kw___int128:
101   case tok::kw_signed:
102   case tok::kw_unsigned:
103   case tok::kw_void:
104   case tok::kw_char:
105   case tok::kw_int:
106   case tok::kw_half:
107   case tok::kw_float:
108   case tok::kw_double:
109   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
110   case tok::kw_bool:
111   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
112     return true;
113 
114   case tok::annot_typename:
115   case tok::kw_char16_t:
116   case tok::kw_char32_t:
117   case tok::kw_typeof:
118   case tok::annot_decltype:
119   case tok::kw_decltype:
120     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
121 
122   default:
123     break;
124   }
125 
126   return false;
127 }
128 
129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
130 /// return the declaration of that type.
131 ///
132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
138                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
139                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
140                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
141                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
142                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
143                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
144   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
145   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
146   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
147     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
148     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
149       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
150   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
151     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
152 
153     if (!LookupCtx) {
154       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
155         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
156         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
157         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
158         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
159         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
160         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
161         //
162         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
163         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
164         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
165           return ParsedType();
166 
167         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
168         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
169         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
170           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
171 
172         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
173         QualType T =
174           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
175                             II, NameLoc);
176 
177           return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
222       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
223       TemplateTy Template;
224       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
225       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
226       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
227       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
228       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
229       if (SS && NNS) {
230         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
231         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
232       }
233       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
234           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
235           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
236           // is handled elsewhere).
237           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
238             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
239                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
240         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
241                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
242                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
243                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
244         if (Ty) {
245           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
246                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
247                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
248           if (SS && NNS)
249             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
250           *CorrectedII = NewII;
251           return Ty;
252         }
253       }
254     }
255     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
256   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
257   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
258     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
259     return ParsedType();
260 
261   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
262     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
263     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
264     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
265     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
266     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
267     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
268       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
269       return ParsedType();
270     }
271 
272     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
273     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
274          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
275       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
276         if (!IIDecl ||
277             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
278               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
279           IIDecl = *Res;
280       }
281     }
282 
283     if (!IIDecl) {
284       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
285       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
286       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
287       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
288       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
289       // a type name.
290       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
291       return ParsedType();
292     }
293 
294     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
295     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
296     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
297     // perform the name lookup again.
298     break;
299 
300   case LookupResult::Found:
301     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
302     break;
303   }
304 
305   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
306 
307   QualType T;
308   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
309     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
310 
311     if (T.isNull())
312       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
352   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
353   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354   LookupName(R, S, false);
355   R.suppressDiagnostics();
356   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
357     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
358       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
359       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
360       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
361       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
362       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
363       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
364       }
365     }
366 
367   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
368 }
369 
370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
374 /// @code
375 /// template<class T> class A {
376 /// public:
377 ///   typedef int TYPE;
378 /// };
379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
380 /// public:
381 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
382 /// };
383 /// @endcode
384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
385   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
386     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
387 
388     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
389     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
390       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
391         return true;
392     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
393   }
394   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
395 }
396 
397 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
398                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
399                                    Scope *S,
400                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
401                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
402                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
403   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
404   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
405 
406   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
407   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
408   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
409   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
410                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
411                                              Validator)) {
412     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
413       // We corrected to a keyword.
414       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
415       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
416     } else {
417       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
418       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
419         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
420                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
421       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
422         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
423         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
424                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
425         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
426                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
427                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
428       } else {
429         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
430       }
431 
432       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
433       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
434         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
435                           SourceRange(IILoc));
436       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
437                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
438                                   false, ParsedType(),
439                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
440                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
441     }
442     return true;
443   }
444 
445   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
446     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
447     UnqualifiedId Name;
448     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
449     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
450     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
451     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
452     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
453                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
454                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
455       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
456       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
457       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
458         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
459           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
460       }
461       return true;
462     }
463   }
464 
465   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
466   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
467 
468   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
469     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
470   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
471     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
472       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
473   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
474     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
475     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
476       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
477 
478     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
479       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
480       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
481       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
482     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
483                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
484   } else {
485     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
486            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
487   }
488 
489   return true;
490 }
491 
492 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
493 /// or
494 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
495   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
496                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
497 
498   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
499     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
500       return true;
501 
502     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
503       return true;
504   }
505 
506   return false;
507 }
508 
509 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
510                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
511                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
512                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
513   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
514   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
515   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
516     const char *TagName = 0;
517     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
518     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
519       case TTK_Class:
520         TagName = "class";
521         FixItTagName = "class ";
522         break;
523 
524       case TTK_Enum:
525         TagName = "enum";
526         FixItTagName = "enum ";
527         break;
528 
529       case TTK_Struct:
530         TagName = "struct";
531         FixItTagName = "struct ";
532         break;
533 
534       case TTK_Interface:
535         TagName = "__interface";
536         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
537         break;
538 
539       case TTK_Union:
540         TagName = "union";
541         FixItTagName = "union ";
542         break;
543     }
544 
545     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
546       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
547       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
548 
549     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
550          I != IEnd; ++I)
551       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
552         << Name << TagName;
553 
554     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
555     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
556     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
557     return true;
558   }
559 
560   return false;
561 }
562 
563 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
564 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
565                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
566   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
567 
568   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
569   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
570 
571   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
572   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
573   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
574   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
575   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
576 }
577 
578 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
579                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
580                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
581                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
582                                             const Token &NextToken,
583                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
584                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
585   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
586   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
587 
588   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
589     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
590                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
591 
592   }
593 
594   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
595   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
596 
597   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
598   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
599   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
600   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
601   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
602     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
603     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
604       return E;
605   }
606 
607   bool SecondTry = false;
608   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
609 
610 Corrected:
611   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
612   case LookupResult::NotFound:
613     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
614     // call.
615     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
616       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
617       // FIXME: Reference?
618       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
619         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
620 
621       // C90 6.3.2.2:
622       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
623       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
624       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
625       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
626       //   the function call, the declaration
627       //
628       //     extern int identifier ();
629       //
630       //   appeared.
631       //
632       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
633       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
634         Result.addDecl(D);
635         Result.resolveKind();
636         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
637       }
638     }
639 
640     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
641     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
642     // "struct", or "union".
643     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
644         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
645       break;
646     }
647 
648     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
649     // close to this name.
650     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
651       SecondTry = true;
652       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
653                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
654                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
655         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
656         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
657 
658         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
659         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
660           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
661         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
662             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
663           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
664           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
665         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
666                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
667                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
668                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
669           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
670           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
671         }
672 
673         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
674           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
675         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
676           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
677           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
678                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
679           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
680                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
681                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
682         }
683 
684         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
685         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
686 
687         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
688         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
689           return Name;
690 
691         // Also update the LookupResult...
692         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
693         Result.clear();
694         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
695         if (FirstDecl)
696           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
697 
698         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
699         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
700         // reference the ivar.
701         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
702         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
703           Result.clear();
704           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
705           return E;
706         }
707 
708         goto Corrected;
709       }
710     }
711 
712     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
713     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
714     return NameClassification::Unknown();
715 
716   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
717     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
718     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
719     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
720 
721     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
722     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
723     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
724     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
725     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
726     //
727     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
728     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
729     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
730     // keyword here.
731     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
732                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
733                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
734   }
735 
736   case LookupResult::Found:
737   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
738   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
739     break;
740 
741   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
742     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
743         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
744       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
745       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
746       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
747       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
748       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
749       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
750       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
751       //   ambiguous.
752       //
753       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
754       // so try again after filtering out template names.
755       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
756       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
757         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
758         break;
759       }
760     }
761 
762     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
763     return NameClassification::Error();
764   }
765 
766   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
767       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
768     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
769     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
770     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
771     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
772     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
773     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
774     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
775       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
776 
777     if (!Result.empty()) {
778       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
779       bool IsVarTemplate;
780       TemplateName Template;
781       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
782         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
783         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
784                                                      Result.end());
785       } else {
786         TemplateDecl *TD
787           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
788         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
789         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
790 
791         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
792           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
793                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
794                                                       TD);
795         else
796           Template = TemplateName(TD);
797       }
798 
799       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
800         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
801         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
802         // to based on which function we selected.
803         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
804 
805         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
806       }
807 
808       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
809                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
810     }
811   }
812 
813   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
814   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
815     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
816     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
817     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
818       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
819     return ParsedType::make(T);
820   }
821 
822   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
823   if (!Class) {
824     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
825     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
826                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
827       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
828   }
829 
830   if (Class) {
831     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
832 
833     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
834       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
835       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
836       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
837       return NameClassification::Unknown();
838     }
839 
840     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
841     return ParsedType::make(T);
842   }
843 
844   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
845   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
846     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
847         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
848 
849   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
850   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
851   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
852   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
853        (NextIsOp &&
854         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
855       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
856     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
857     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
858     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
859     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
860       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
861     return ParsedType::make(T);
862   }
863 
864   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
865     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
866 
867   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
868   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
869 }
870 
871 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
872 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
873 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
874 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
875 
876   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
877   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
878   // the context we'll need to return to.
879   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
880   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
881   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
882   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
883   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
884   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
885   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
886   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
887   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
888   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
889     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
890 
891     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
892     // lexical context.
893     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
894       return DC;
895 
896     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
897     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
898     // class is the context we need to return to.
899     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
900       DC = RD;
901 
902     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
903     // declared in.
904     return DC;
905   }
906 
907   return DC->getLexicalParent();
908 }
909 
910 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
911   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
912       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
913   CurContext = DC;
914   S->setEntity(DC);
915 }
916 
917 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
918   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
919 
920   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
921   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
922 }
923 
924 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
925 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
926 ///
927 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
928   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
929   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
930   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
931   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
932   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
933   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
934   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
935   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
936   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
937   //   namespace.
938   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
939   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
940   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
941   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
942   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
943 
944   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
945 
946 #ifndef NDEBUG
947   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
948   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
949   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
950 #endif
951 
952   CurContext = DC;
953   S->setEntity(DC);
954 }
955 
956 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
957   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
958 
959   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
960   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
961   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
962   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
963   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
964 
965   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
966   // disappear.
967 }
968 
969 
970 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
971   // We assume that the caller has already called
972   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
973   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
974   if (!FD)
975     return;
976 
977   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
978   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
979   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
980     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
981   CurContext = FD;
982   S->setEntity(CurContext);
983 
984   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
985     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
986     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
987     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
988       S->AddDecl(Param);
989       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
990     }
991   }
992 }
993 
994 
995 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
996   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
997   // rather than the top-level class.
998   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
999   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1000   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1001 }
1002 
1003 
1004 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1005 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1006 ///
1007 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1008 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1009 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1010 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1011 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1012 /// attribute.
1013 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1014                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1015   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1016     return true;
1017 
1018   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1019     return true;
1020 
1021   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1022           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1023 }
1024 
1025 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1026 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1027   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1028   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1029   // scope.
1030   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1031     S = S->getParent();
1032 
1033   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1034   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1035   // into any context.
1036   if (AddToContext)
1037     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1038 
1039   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1040   // are function-local declarations.
1041   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1042       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1043         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1044       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1045     return;
1046 
1047   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1049       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1050     return;
1051 
1052   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1053   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1054                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1055   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1056     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1057       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1058       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1059 
1060       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1061       break;
1062     }
1063   }
1064 
1065   S->AddDecl(D);
1066 
1067   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1068     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1069     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1070     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1071     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1072       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1073       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1074         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1075           continue;
1076       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1077         break;
1078     }
1079 
1080     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1081   } else {
1082     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1083   }
1084 }
1085 
1086 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1087   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1088     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1089 }
1090 
1091 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1092                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1093   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1094 }
1095 
1096 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1097   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1098   do {
1099     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1100       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1101         return S;
1102   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1103 
1104   return 0;
1105 }
1106 
1107 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1108                                             DeclContext*,
1109                                             ASTContext&);
1110 
1111 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1112 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1113 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1114                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1115                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1116   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1117   while (F.hasNext()) {
1118     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1119 
1120     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1121       continue;
1122 
1123     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1124       continue;
1125 
1126     F.erase();
1127   }
1128 
1129   F.done();
1130 }
1131 
1132 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1133   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1134          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1135          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1136 }
1137 
1138 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1139 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1140   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1141   while (F.hasNext())
1142     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1143       F.erase();
1144 
1145   F.done();
1146 }
1147 
1148 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1149 /// @code
1150 /// class S {
1151 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1152 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1153 /// };
1154 /// @endcode
1155 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1156   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1157   // the decl here.
1158   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1159     return false;
1160 
1161   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1162     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1163   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1164     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1165   return false;
1166 }
1167 
1168 // We need this to handle
1169 //
1170 // typedef struct {
1171 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1172 // } A;
1173 //
1174 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1175 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1176 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1177 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1178 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1179 // not.
1180 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1181   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1182   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1183     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1184       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1185         return true;
1186     }
1187     DC = DC->getParent();
1188   }
1189 
1190   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1191 }
1192 
1193 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1194 // these semantics.
1195 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1196   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1197     return false;
1198   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1199 }
1200 
1201 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1202   assert(D);
1203 
1204   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1205     return false;
1206 
1207   // Ignore class templates.
1208   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1209       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1210     return false;
1211 
1212   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1213     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1214       return false;
1215 
1216     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1217       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1218         return false;
1219     } else {
1220       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1221       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1222           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1223         return false;
1224     }
1225 
1226     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1227         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1228       return false;
1229   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1230     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1231     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1232     // like "inline".)
1233     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1234       return false;
1235 
1236     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1237       return false;
1238 
1239     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1240         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1241       return false;
1242   } else {
1243     return false;
1244   }
1245 
1246   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1247   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1248 }
1249 
1250 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1251   if (!D)
1252     return;
1253 
1254   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1255     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1256     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1257       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1258   }
1259 
1260   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1261     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1262     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1263       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1264   }
1265 
1266   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1267     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1268 }
1269 
1270 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1271   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1272     return false;
1273 
1274   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1275       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1276     return false;
1277 
1278   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1279     return true;
1280 
1281   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1282   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1283       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1284     return false;
1285 
1286   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1287   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1288 
1289     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1290     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1291 
1292     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1293     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1294       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1295         return false;
1296     }
1297 
1298     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1299     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1300     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1301       return false;
1302 
1303     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1304       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1305       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1306         return false;
1307 
1308       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1309         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1310           return false;
1311 
1312         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1313           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1314             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1315           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1316             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1317           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1318             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1319             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1320               return false;
1321           }
1322         }
1323       }
1324     }
1325 
1326     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1327   }
1328 
1329   return true;
1330 }
1331 
1332 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1333                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1334   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1335     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1336                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1337     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1338       return;
1339     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1340                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1341   }
1342   return;
1343 }
1344 
1345 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1346 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1347 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1348   FixItHint Hint;
1349   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1350     return;
1351 
1352   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1353 
1354   unsigned DiagID;
1355   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1356     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1357   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1358     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1359   else
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1361 
1362   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1363 }
1364 
1365 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1366   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1367   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1368   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1369   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1370     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1374   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1375   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1376          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1377 
1378   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1379     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1380 
1381     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1382     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1383 
1384     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1385 
1386     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1387     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1388       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1389 
1390     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1391     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1392       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1393 
1394     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1395     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1396   }
1397 }
1398 
1399 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1400 ///
1401 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1402 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1403 /// to the fixed name.
1404 ///
1405 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1406 ///
1407 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1408 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1409 ///
1410 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1411 /// class could not be found.
1412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1413                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1414                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1415   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1416   // creation from this context.
1417   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1418 
1419   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1420     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1421     // find an Objective-C class name.
1422     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1423     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1424                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1425                                        Validator)) {
1426       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1427       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1428       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1429     }
1430   }
1431   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1432   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1433   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1434       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1435   return Def;
1436 }
1437 
1438 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1439 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1440 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1441 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1442 /// ill-formed in C++:
1443 /// @code
1444 /// struct S6 {
1445 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1446 /// };
1447 ///
1448 /// void test_S6() {
1449 ///   struct S6 a;
1450 ///   a.e = BAR;
1451 /// }
1452 /// @endcode
1453 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1454 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1455 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1456 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1457 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1458 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1459 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1460 /// contain non-field names.
1461 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1462   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1463          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1464          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1465     S = S->getParent();
1466   return S;
1467 }
1468 
1469 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1470 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1471 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1472 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1473 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1474                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1475   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1476     return;
1477   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1478 
1479   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1480                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1481   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1482   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1483     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1484       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1485 }
1486 
1487 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1488 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1489 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1490 /// built-in.
1491 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1492                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1493                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1494   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1495 
1496   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1497 
1498   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1499   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1500   switch (Error) {
1501   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1502     // Okay
1503     break;
1504 
1505   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1506     if (ForRedeclaration)
1507       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1508         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1509     return 0;
1510 
1511   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1512     if (ForRedeclaration)
1513       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1514         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1515     return 0;
1516 
1517   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1518     if (ForRedeclaration)
1519       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1520         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1521     return 0;
1522   }
1523 
1524   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1525     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1526       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1527       << R;
1528     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1529         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1530           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1531       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1532         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1533         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1534   }
1535 
1536   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1537   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1538     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1539         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1540                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1541     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1542     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1543     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1544   }
1545 
1546   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1547                                            Parent,
1548                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1549                                            SC_Extern,
1550                                            false,
1551                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1552   New->setImplicit();
1553 
1554   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1555   // FunctionDecl.
1556   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1557     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1558     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1559       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1560           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1561                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1562       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1563       Params.push_back(parm);
1564     }
1565     New->setParams(Params);
1566   }
1567 
1568   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1569   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1570 
1571   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1572   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1573   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1574   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1575   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1576   CurContext = Parent;
1577   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1578   CurContext = SavedContext;
1579   return New;
1580 }
1581 
1582 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1583 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1584 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1585 /// entity.
1586 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1587                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1588                                               LookupResult &previous){
1589   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1590   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1591     return;
1592 
1593   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1594   if (previous.empty())
1595     return;
1596 
1597   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1598   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1599     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1600 
1601     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1602     if (!old->isHidden())
1603       continue;
1604 
1605     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1606       filter.erase();
1607   }
1608 
1609   filter.done();
1610 }
1611 
1612 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1613   QualType OldType;
1614   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1615     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1616   else
1617     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1618   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1619 
1620   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1621     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1622     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1623     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1624       << Kind << NewType;
1625     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1626       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1627     New->setInvalidDecl();
1628     return true;
1629   }
1630 
1631   if (OldType != NewType &&
1632       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1633       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1634       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1635     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1636     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1637       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1638     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1639       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1640     New->setInvalidDecl();
1641     return true;
1642   }
1643   return false;
1644 }
1645 
1646 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1647 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1648 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1649 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1650 ///
1651 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1652   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1653   // merging checks.
1654   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1655 
1656   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1657   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1658   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1659     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1660     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1661     default: break;
1662     case 2:
1663       {
1664         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1665           break;
1666         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1667         if (!T->isPointerType())
1668           break;
1669         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1670           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1671           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1672             break;
1673         }
1674         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1675         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1676         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1677         return;
1678       }
1679     case 5:
1680       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1681         break;
1682       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1683       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1684       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1685       return;
1686     case 3:
1687       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1688         break;
1689       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1690       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1691       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1692       return;
1693     }
1694     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1695   }
1696 
1697   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1698   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1699   if (!Old) {
1700     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1701       << New->getDeclName();
1702 
1703     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1704     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1705       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1706 
1707     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1708   }
1709 
1710   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1711   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1712     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1713 
1714   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1715   // with any extensions enabled.
1716   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1717     return;
1718 
1719   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1720   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1721   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1722     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1723     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1724   }
1725 
1726   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1727     return;
1728 
1729   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1730     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1731     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1732     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1733     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1734     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1735       return;
1736 
1737     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1738     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1739     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1740     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1741     //
1742     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1743     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1744     //
1745     //   struct S {
1746     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1747     //   };
1748     //
1749     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1750     // allow the above but disallow
1751     //
1752     //   struct S {
1753     //     typedef int I;
1754     //     typedef int I;
1755     //   };
1756     //
1757     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1758     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1759       return;
1760 
1761     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1762       << New->getDeclName();
1763     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1764     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1765   }
1766 
1767   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1768   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1769     return;
1770 
1771   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1772   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1773   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1774   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1775   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1776       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1777        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1778     return;
1779 
1780   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1781     << New->getDeclName();
1782   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1783   return;
1784 }
1785 
1786 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1787 /// attribute.
1788 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1789   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1790   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1791   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1792     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1793       if (Ann) {
1794         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1795           return true;
1796         continue;
1797       }
1798       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1799       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1800         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1801       return true;
1802     }
1803 
1804   return false;
1805 }
1806 
1807 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1808   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1809     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1810   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1811     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1812   return true;
1813 }
1814 
1815 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1816 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1817 ///
1818 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1819 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1820   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1821   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1822   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1823   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1824   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1825   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1826     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1827     // in a case like:
1828     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1829     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1830     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1831     // definition in such a case.
1832     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1833       return false;
1834 
1835     if (I->isAlignas())
1836       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1837 
1838     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1839     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1840       OldAlign = Align;
1841       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1842     }
1843   }
1844 
1845   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1846   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1847   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1848   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1849     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1850       return false;
1851 
1852     if (I->isAlignas())
1853       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1854 
1855     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1856     if (Align > NewAlign)
1857       NewAlign = Align;
1858   }
1859 
1860   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1861     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1862     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1863     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1864     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1865 
1866     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1867     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1868     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1869       QualType Ty;
1870       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1871         Ty = VD->getType();
1872       else
1873         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1874 
1875       if (OldAlign == 0)
1876         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1877       if (NewAlign == 0)
1878         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1879     }
1880 
1881     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1882       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1883         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1884         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1885       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1886     }
1887   }
1888 
1889   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1890     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1891     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1892     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1893     //   equivalent alignment.
1894     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1895     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1896     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1897     //   have no alignment specifier.
1898     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1899       << OldAlignasAttr;
1900     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1901       << OldAlignasAttr;
1902   }
1903 
1904   bool AnyAdded = false;
1905 
1906   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1907   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1908     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1909     Clone->setInherited(true);
1910     New->addAttr(Clone);
1911     AnyAdded = true;
1912   }
1913 
1914   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1915   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1916       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1917     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1918     Clone->setInherited(true);
1919     New->addAttr(Clone);
1920     AnyAdded = true;
1921   }
1922 
1923   return AnyAdded;
1924 }
1925 
1926 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1927                                bool Override) {
1928   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1929   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1930   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1931     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1932                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1933                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1934                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1935                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1936   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1937     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1938                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1939   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1940     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1941                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1942   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1943     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1944                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1945   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1946     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1947                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1948   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1949     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1950                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1951                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1952   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1953     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1954                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1955   else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
1957                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
1958                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
1959   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1960     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1961     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1962     NewAttr = 0;
1963   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1964     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1965 
1966   if (NewAttr) {
1967     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1968     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1969     return true;
1970   }
1971 
1972   return false;
1973 }
1974 
1975 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1976   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1977     return TD->getDefinition();
1978   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1979     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1980     if (Def)
1981       return Def;
1982     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1983   }
1984   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1985     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1986     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
1987       return Def;
1988   }
1989   return NULL;
1990 }
1991 
1992 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1993   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
1994     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1995       return true;
1996   return false;
1997 }
1998 
1999 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2000 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2001 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2002   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2003     return;
2004 
2005   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2006   if (!Def || Def == New)
2007     return;
2008 
2009   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2010   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2011     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2012 
2013     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2014       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2015         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2016       else {
2017         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2018         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2019                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2020                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2021                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2022         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2023         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2024         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2025       }
2026       ++I;
2027       continue;
2028     }
2029 
2030     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2031       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2032       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2033         ++I;
2034         continue;
2035       }
2036     }
2037 
2038     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2039       ++I;
2040       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2041     }
2042 
2043     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2044       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2045       ++I;
2046       continue;
2047     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2048       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2049         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2050         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2051         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2052         //   equivalent alignment.
2053         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2054         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2055         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2056         //   have no alignment specifier.
2057         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2058           << AA;
2059         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2060           << AA;
2061         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2062         --E;
2063         continue;
2064       }
2065     }
2066 
2067     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2068            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2069     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2070     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2071     --E;
2072   }
2073 }
2074 
2075 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2076 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2077                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2078   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2079     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2080     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2081     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2082   }
2083 
2084   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2085     return;
2086 
2087   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2088   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2089 
2090   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2091     return;
2092 
2093   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2094 
2095   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2096   // we process them.
2097   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2098 
2099   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2100     bool Override = false;
2101     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2102     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2103         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2104         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2105       switch (AMK) {
2106       case AMK_None:
2107         continue;
2108 
2109       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2110         break;
2111 
2112       case AMK_Override:
2113         Override = true;
2114         break;
2115       }
2116     }
2117 
2118     // Already handled.
2119     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2120       continue;
2121 
2122     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2123       foundAny = true;
2124   }
2125 
2126   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2127     foundAny = true;
2128 
2129   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2130 }
2131 
2132 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2133 /// to the new one.
2134 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2135                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2136                                      Sema &S) {
2137   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2138   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2139   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2140   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2141   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2142   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2143     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2144            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2145     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2146     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2147     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2148       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2149     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2150       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2151     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2152            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2153   }
2154 
2155   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2156     return;
2157 
2158   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2159 
2160   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2161   // done before we process them.
2162   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2163 
2164   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2165     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2166       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2167         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2168       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2169       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2170       foundAny = true;
2171     }
2172   }
2173 
2174   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2175 }
2176 
2177 namespace {
2178 
2179 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2180 /// C.
2181 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2182   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2183   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2184   QualType PromotedType;
2185 };
2186 
2187 }
2188 
2189 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2190 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2191   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2192     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2193       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2194 
2195     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2196       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2197 
2198     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2199       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2200   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2201     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2202   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2203     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2204   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2205     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2206   }
2207 
2208   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2209 }
2210 
2211 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2212 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2213 /// GNU89 mode.
2214 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2215                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2216   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2217           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2218           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2219           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2220 }
2221 
2222 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2223   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2224   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2225     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2226   return AT;
2227 }
2228 
2229 template <typename T>
2230 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2231   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2232   if (DC->isRecord())
2233     return false;
2234 
2235   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2236   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2237     return true;
2238   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2239     return true;
2240   return false;
2241 }
2242 
2243 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2244 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2245 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2246 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2247 ///
2248 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2249 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2250 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2251 /// merged with.
2252 ///
2253 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2254 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2255                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2256   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2257   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2258   if (!Old) {
2259     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2260       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2261         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2262         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2263              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2264         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2265              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2266         return true;
2267       }
2268 
2269       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2270       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2271       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2272       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2273       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2274 
2275       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2276       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2277       if (Old &&
2278           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2279               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2280           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2281         Old = 0;
2282 
2283       if (!Old) {
2284         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2285         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2286              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2287         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2288         return true;
2289       }
2290       OldD = Old;
2291     } else {
2292       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2293         << New->getDeclName();
2294       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295       return true;
2296     }
2297   }
2298 
2299   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2300   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2301     return true;
2302 
2303   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2304   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2305   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2306   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2307   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2308     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2309   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2310     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2311     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2312       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2313   } else
2314     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2315 
2316   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2317   // is an extern inline function.
2318   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2319   // storage classes.
2320   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2321       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2322       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2323       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2324       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2325     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2326       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2327       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2328     } else {
2329       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2330       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2331       return true;
2332     }
2333   }
2334 
2335 
2336   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2337   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2338   // convention of the first.
2339   //
2340   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2341   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2342   //
2343   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2344   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2345   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2346   //
2347   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2348   // other tests to run.
2349   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2350   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2351   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2352   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2353   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2354   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2355   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2356 
2357   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2358     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2359     const FunctionType *FT =
2360         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2361     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2362     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2363     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2364       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2365       // there but not here.
2366       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2367       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2368     } else {
2369       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2370       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2371       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2372         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2373         << !FirstCCExplicit
2374         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2375             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2376 
2377       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2378       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2379       return true;
2380     }
2381   }
2382 
2383   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2384   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2385     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2386     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2387   }
2388 
2389   // Merge regparm attribute.
2390   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2391       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2392     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2393       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2394         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2395         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2396       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2397       return true;
2398     }
2399 
2400     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2401     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2402   }
2403 
2404   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2405   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2406     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2407       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2408       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2409       return true;
2410     }
2411 
2412     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2413     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2414   }
2415 
2416   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2417     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2418     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2419     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2420     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2421     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2422   }
2423 
2424   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2425   // UndefinedButUsed.
2426   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2427       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2428       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2429       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2430       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2431     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2432                                            SourceLocation()));
2433 
2434   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2435   // about it.
2436   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2437       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2438     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2439   }
2440 
2441   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2442     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2443     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2444     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2445     //        cannot be overloaded.
2446 
2447     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2448     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2449     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2450     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2451     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2452     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2453         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2454              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2455              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2456     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2457         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2458              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2459              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2460     QualType ResQT;
2461     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2462         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2463           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2464       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2465           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2466         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2467       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2468         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2469           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2470                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2471         else
2472           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2473         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2474         return true;
2475       }
2476       else
2477         NewQType = ResQT;
2478     }
2479 
2480     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2481     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2482     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2483       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2484       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2485       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2486       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2487         New->setType(
2488             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2489                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2490                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2491         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2492             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2493                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2494                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2495       }
2496     }
2497 
2498     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2499     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2500     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2501       // Preserve triviality.
2502       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2503 
2504       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2505       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2506       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2507       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2508                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2509                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2510       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2511 
2512       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2513           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2514         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2515         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2516         //       is a static member function declaration.
2517         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2518           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2519           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2520           return true;
2521         }
2522 
2523         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2524         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2525         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2526         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2527         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2528           unsigned NewDiag;
2529           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2530             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2531           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2532             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2533           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2534             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2535           else
2536             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2537 
2538           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2539         } else {
2540           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2541             << New << New->getType();
2542         }
2543         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2544 
2545       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2546       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2547       //
2548       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2549       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2550       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2551         if (isFriend) {
2552           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2553         } else {
2554           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2555                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2556             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2557           return true;
2558         }
2559       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2560         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2561              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2562           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2563         return true;
2564       }
2565     }
2566 
2567     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2568     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2569     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2570     //   attribute.
2571     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2572     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2573       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2574       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2575            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2576     }
2577 
2578     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2579     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2580     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2581     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2582     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2583     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2584       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2585            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2586       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2587            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2588     }
2589 
2590     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2591     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2592     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2593     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2594 
2595     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2596     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2597     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2598       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2599       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2600         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2601       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2602       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2603     }
2604 
2605     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2606       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2607       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2608       //
2609       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2610       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2611       // linkage within class scope.
2612       //
2613       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2614       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2615         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2616         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2617       } else {
2618         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2619         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2620         return true;
2621       }
2622     }
2623 
2624     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2625       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2626 
2627     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2628         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2629       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2630       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2631       // when we instantiate the function.
2632       return false;
2633     }
2634 
2635     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2636   }
2637 
2638   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2639   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2640   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2641       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2642     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2643     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2644     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2645     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2646         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2647       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2648       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2649       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2650       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2651       NewQType =
2652           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2653                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2654       New->setType(NewQType);
2655       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2656 
2657       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2658       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2659       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2660         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2661                                                  SourceLocation(), 0, ParamType,
2662                                                  /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
2663         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2664         Param->setImplicit();
2665         Params.push_back(Param);
2666       }
2667 
2668       New->setParams(Params);
2669     }
2670 
2671     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2672   }
2673 
2674   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2675   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2676   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2677   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2678   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2679   // the prototype.
2680   //
2681   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2682   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2683   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2684   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2685   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2686       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2687       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2688       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2689     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2690     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2691     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2692       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2693     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2694       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2695 
2696     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2697     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2698                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2699     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2700     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2701          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2702       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2703       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2704       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2705                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2706         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2707       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2708                                             NewParm->getType(),
2709                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2710         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2711                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2712         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2713         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2714       } else
2715         LooseCompatible = false;
2716     }
2717 
2718     if (LooseCompatible) {
2719       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2720         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2721              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2722           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2723           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2724         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2725           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2726                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2727       }
2728 
2729       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2730         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2731                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2732       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2733     }
2734 
2735     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2736   }
2737 
2738   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2739   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2740 
2741   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2742   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2743   unsigned BuiltinID;
2744   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2745     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2746     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2747     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2748       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2749       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2750         << Old << Old->getType();
2751 
2752       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2753       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2754       //
2755       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2756       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2757       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2758       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2759       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2760       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2761         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2762 
2763       return false;
2764     }
2765 
2766     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2767   }
2768 
2769   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2770   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2771   return true;
2772 }
2773 
2774 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2775 /// known to be compatible.
2776 ///
2777 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2778 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2779 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2780 /// redeclaration of Old.
2781 ///
2782 /// \returns false
2783 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2784                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2785   // Merge the attributes
2786   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2787 
2788   // Merge "pure" flag.
2789   if (Old->isPure())
2790     New->setPure();
2791 
2792   // Merge "used" flag.
2793   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2794     New->setIsUsed();
2795 
2796   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2797   // declarations.
2798   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2799     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2800       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2801                                *this);
2802 
2803   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2804     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2805 
2806   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2807   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2808   // was visible.
2809   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2810   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2811     New->setType(Merged);
2812 
2813   return false;
2814 }
2815 
2816 
2817 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2818                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2819 
2820   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2821   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2822     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2823                                                    : AMK_Override;
2824   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2825 
2826   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2827   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2828                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2829   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2830          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2831        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2832     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2833 
2834   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2835 }
2836 
2837 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2838 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2839 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2840 ///
2841 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2842 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2843 /// is attached.
2844 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2845                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2846   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2847     return;
2848 
2849   QualType MergedT;
2850   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2851     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2852       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2853       return;
2854     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2855       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2856       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2857     }
2858     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2859     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2860     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2861     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2862     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2863     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2864              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2865       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2866       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2867       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2868                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2869         MergedT = New->getType();
2870     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2871                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2872       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2873       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2874       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2875                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2876         MergedT = Old->getType();
2877     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2878                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2879       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2880                                               Old->getType());
2881     }
2882   } else {
2883     // C 6.2.7p2:
2884     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2885     //   compatible type.
2886     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2887   }
2888   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2889     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2890     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2891     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2892     // equivalent.
2893     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2894     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2895          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2896       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2897       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2898       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2899       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2900         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2901       return;
2902     }
2903 
2904     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2905     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2906     //
2907     //   extern int arr[];
2908     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2909     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2910     //
2911     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2912     // to diagnose it.
2913     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2914       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2915     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2916     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2917   }
2918 
2919   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2920   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2921   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2922     New->setType(MergedT);
2923 }
2924 
2925 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2926                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2927   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2928   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2929   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2930   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2931   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2932   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2933   //
2934   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2935   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2936     return false;
2937 
2938   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2939     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2940     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2941     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2942     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2943     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2944            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2945             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2946   } else {
2947     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2948     // type unless we're in the same function.
2949     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2950            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2951   }
2952 }
2953 
2954 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2955 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2956 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2957 ///
2958 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2959 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2960 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2961 ///
2962 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2963   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2964   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2965     return;
2966 
2967   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2968 
2969   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2970   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2971   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
2972   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
2973     if (NewTemplate) {
2974       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2975       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
2976     } else
2977       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2978   }
2979   if (!Old) {
2980     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2981       << New->getDeclName();
2982     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2983          diag::note_previous_definition);
2984     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2985   }
2986 
2987   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2988     return;
2989 
2990   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
2991   if (NewTemplate &&
2992       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2993                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2994                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
2995     return;
2996 
2997   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2998   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2999   //
3000   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3001   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3002     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3003       << New->getIdentifier();
3004     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3005     New->setInvalidDecl();
3006   }
3007 
3008   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3009   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3010   // declaration
3011   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3012       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3013       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3014     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3016     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3017     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3018   }
3019 
3020   // Merge the types.
3021   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3022 
3023   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3024     return;
3025 
3026   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3027   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3028       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3029       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3030     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3031     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3032     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3033   }
3034   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3035   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3036   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3037   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3038   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3039   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3040   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3041   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3042   //   identifier has external linkage.
3043   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3044     /* Okay */;
3045   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3046            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3047            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3048     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3049     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3050     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3051   }
3052 
3053   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3054   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3055       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3056     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3057     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3058     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3059   }
3060   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3061       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3062     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3063     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3064     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3065   }
3066 
3067   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3068 
3069   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3070   // need to check for mismatches.
3071   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3072       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3073       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3074         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3075     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3076     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3077     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3078   }
3079 
3080   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3081     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3082       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3083       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3084     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3085       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3086       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3087     } else {
3088       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3089       // static and dynamic initialization.
3090       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3091       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3092       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3093         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3094       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3095     }
3096   }
3097 
3098   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3099   const VarDecl *Def;
3100   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3101       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3102       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3103     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3104     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3105     New->setInvalidDecl();
3106     return;
3107   }
3108 
3109   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3110     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3111     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3112     New->setInvalidDecl();
3113     return;
3114   }
3115 
3116   // Merge "used" flag.
3117   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3118     New->setIsUsed();
3119 
3120   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3121   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3122   if (NewTemplate)
3123     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3124 
3125   // Inherit access appropriately.
3126   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3127   if (NewTemplate)
3128     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3129 }
3130 
3131 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3132 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3133 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3134                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3135   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3136 }
3137 
3138 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3139   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3140     return;
3141 
3142   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3143     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3144     // it is anonymous.
3145     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3146       return;
3147     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3148         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3149     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3150         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3151     return;
3152   }
3153 
3154   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3155   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3156   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3157           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3158                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3159     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3160         Tag,
3161         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3162   }
3163 }
3164 
3165 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3166 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3167 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3168 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3169                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3170                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3171                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3172   Decl *TagD = 0;
3173   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3174   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3175       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3176       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3177       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3178       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3179     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3180 
3181     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3182       return 0;
3183 
3184     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3185     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3186     // it's a Type.
3187     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3188       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3189     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3190       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3191   }
3192 
3193   if (Tag) {
3194     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3195     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3196     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3197       return Tag;
3198   }
3199 
3200   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3201     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3202     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3203     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3204       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3205            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3206            << DS.getSourceRange();
3207   }
3208 
3209   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3210     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3211     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3212     if (Tag)
3213       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3214         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3215             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3216             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3217             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3218     else
3219       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3220     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3221     return TagD;
3222   }
3223 
3224   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3225 
3226   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3227     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3228     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3229     if (TagD && !Tag)
3230       return 0;
3231     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3232   }
3233 
3234   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3235   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3236     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3237   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3238       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3239     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3240     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3241     // or an explicit specialization.
3242     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3243     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3244       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3245           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3246           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3247           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3248       << SS.getRange();
3249     return 0;
3250   }
3251 
3252   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3253   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3254 
3255   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3256   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3257     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3258         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3259       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3260           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3261         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3262 
3263       DeclaresAnything = false;
3264     }
3265   }
3266 
3267   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3268   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3269       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3270       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3271     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3272     //   struct STRUCT;
3273     // and
3274     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3275     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3276     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3277         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3278          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3279       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3280         << DS.getSourceRange();
3281       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3282     }
3283   }
3284 
3285   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3286   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3287       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3288     return TagD;
3289 
3290   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3291       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3292     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3293       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3294           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3295         DeclaresAnything = false;
3296 
3297   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3298     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3299     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3300       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3301         << DS.getSourceRange();
3302     else
3303       DeclaresAnything = false;
3304   }
3305 
3306   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3307       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3308     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3309       << Tag->getTagKind()
3310       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3311 
3312   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3313 
3314   // C 6.7/2:
3315   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3316   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3317   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3318   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3319   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3320   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3321   //   previous declaration.
3322   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3323     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3324     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3325     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3326     return TagD;
3327   }
3328 
3329   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3330   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3331   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3332   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3333   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3334   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3335   //
3336   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3337   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3338   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3339     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3340 
3341   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3342   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3343   // useless.
3344   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3345     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3346       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3347         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3348 
3349   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3350     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3351       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3352   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3353     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3354       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3355     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3356       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3357     // Restrict is covered above.
3358     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3359       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3360   }
3361 
3362   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3363   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3364   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3365   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3366     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3367     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3368         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3369         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3370         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3371         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3372       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3373       while (attrs) {
3374         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3375         << attrs->getName()
3376         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3377             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3378             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3379             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3380         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3381       }
3382     }
3383   }
3384 
3385   return TagD;
3386 }
3387 
3388 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3389 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3390 ///
3391 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3392 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3393                                          Scope *S,
3394                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3395                                          DeclarationName Name,
3396                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3397                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3398   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3399                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3400   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3401 
3402   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3403     return false;
3404 
3405   // Pick a representative declaration.
3406   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3407   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3408 
3409   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3410     return false;
3411 
3412   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3413   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3414 
3415   return true;
3416 }
3417 
3418 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3419 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3420 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3421 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3422 /// struct, e.g.,
3423 ///
3424 /// @code
3425 /// union {
3426 ///   int i;
3427 ///   float f;
3428 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3429 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3430 /// @endcode
3431 ///
3432 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3433 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3434 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3435                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3436                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3437                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3438                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3439                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3440   unsigned diagKind
3441     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3442                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3443 
3444   bool Invalid = false;
3445 
3446   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3447   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3448     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3449         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3450       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3451       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3452                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3453         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3454         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3455         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3456         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3457         Invalid = true;
3458       } else {
3459         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3460         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3461         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3462         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3463         //   anonymous union is declared.
3464         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3465         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3466           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3467             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3468         else
3469           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3470 
3471         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3472         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3473           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3474         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3475           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3476 
3477         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3478           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3479                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3480                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3481 
3482         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3483         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3484         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3485 
3486         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3487         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3488 
3489         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3490       }
3491     }
3492   }
3493 
3494   return Invalid;
3495 }
3496 
3497 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3498 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3499 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3500 static StorageClass
3501 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3502   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3503   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3504          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3505   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3506   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3507   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3508     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3509       return SC_None;
3510     return SC_Extern;
3511   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3512   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3513   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3514   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3515     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3517   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3518   }
3519   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3520 }
3521 
3522 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3523   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3524 
3525   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3526     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3527     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3528       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3529     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3530       return FD->getLocation();
3531   }
3532 
3533   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3534 }
3535 
3536 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3537                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3538   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3539     return;
3540 
3541   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3542   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3543 }
3544 
3545 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3546                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3547   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3548     return;
3549 
3550   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3551 }
3552 
3553 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3554 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3555 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3556 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3557 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3558                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3559                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3560                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3561   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3562 
3563   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3564   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3565     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3566   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3567     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3568   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3569     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3570 
3571   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3572   // structs/unions.
3573   bool Invalid = false;
3574   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3575     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3576     unsigned DiagID;
3577     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3578       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3579       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3580       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3581       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3582           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3583            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3584             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3585         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3586           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3587 
3588         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3589         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3590                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3591       }
3592       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3593       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3594       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3595       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3596                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3597         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3598              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3599           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3600 
3601         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3602         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3603                                SourceLocation(),
3604                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3605       }
3606     }
3607 
3608     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3609     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3610       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3611         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3612           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3613           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3614       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3615         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3616              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3617           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3618           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3619       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3620         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3621              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3622           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3623           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3624       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3625         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3626              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3627           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3628           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3629 
3630       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3631     }
3632 
3633     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3634     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3635     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3636     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3637     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3638       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3639         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3640         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3641         //   members (clause 11).
3642         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3643         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3644           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3645             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3646           Invalid = true;
3647         }
3648 
3649         // C++ [class.union]p1
3650         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3651         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3652         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3653         //   array of such objects.
3654         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3655           Invalid = true;
3656       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3657         // Any implicit members are fine.
3658       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3659         // This is a type that showed up in an
3660         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3661         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3662         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3663       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3664         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3665             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3666           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3667           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3668             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3669               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3670           else {
3671             // This is a nested type declaration.
3672             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3673               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3674             Invalid = true;
3675           }
3676         } else {
3677           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3678           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3679           // not part of standard C++.
3680           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3681                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3682             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3683         }
3684       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3685         // Any access specifier is fine.
3686       } else {
3687         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3688         // member. Complain about it.
3689         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3690         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3691           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3692         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3693           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3694         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3695           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3696 
3697         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3698         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3699             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3700           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3701             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3702         else {
3703           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3704               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3705           Invalid = true;
3706         }
3707       }
3708     }
3709 
3710     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3711     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3712     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3713     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3714         Owner->isRecord())
3715       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3716                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3717   }
3718 
3719   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3720     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3721       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3722     Invalid = true;
3723   }
3724 
3725   // Mock up a declarator.
3726   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3727   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3728   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3729 
3730   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3731   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3732   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3733     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3734                              DS.getLocStart(),
3735                              Record->getLocation(),
3736                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3737                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3738                              TInfo,
3739                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3740                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3741     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3742     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3743       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3744   } else {
3745     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3746     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3747     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3748       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3749       // an error here
3750       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3751       Invalid = true;
3752       SC = SC_None;
3753     }
3754 
3755     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3756                            DS.getLocStart(),
3757                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3758                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3759                            TInfo, SC);
3760 
3761     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3762     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3763     // initializer:
3764     //   union { int n = 0; };
3765     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3766   }
3767   Anon->setImplicit();
3768 
3769   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3770   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3771 
3772   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3773   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3774   // its members.
3775   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3776 
3777   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3778   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3779   // purposes.
3780   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3781   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3782 
3783   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3784                                           Chain, false))
3785     Invalid = true;
3786 
3787   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3788     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3789       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3790       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3791               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3792                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3793         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3794         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3795       }
3796     }
3797   }
3798 
3799   if (Invalid)
3800     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3801 
3802   return Anon;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3806 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3807 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3808 /// Example:
3809 ///
3810 /// struct A { int a; };
3811 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3812 ///
3813 /// void foo() {
3814 ///   B var;
3815 ///   var.a = 3;
3816 /// }
3817 ///
3818 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3819                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3820 
3821   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3822   if (!Record)
3823     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3824 
3825   // Mock up a declarator.
3826   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3827   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3828   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3829 
3830   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3831   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3832                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3833                              DS.getLocStart(),
3834                              DS.getLocStart(),
3835                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3836                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3837                              TInfo,
3838                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3839                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3840   Anon->setImplicit();
3841 
3842   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3843   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3844 
3845   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3846   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3847   // purposes.
3848   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3849   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3850 
3851   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3852   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3853                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3854                                                         Chain, true))
3855     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3856 
3857   return Anon;
3858 }
3859 
3860 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3861 /// given Declarator.
3862 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3863   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3864 }
3865 
3866 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3867 DeclarationNameInfo
3868 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3869   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3870   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3871 
3872   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3873 
3874   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3875   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3876     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3877     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3878     return NameInfo;
3879 
3880   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3881     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3882                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3883     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3884     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3885       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3886     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3887       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3888     return NameInfo;
3889 
3890   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3891     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3892                                                            Name.Identifier));
3893     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3894     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3895     return NameInfo;
3896 
3897   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3898     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3899     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3900     if (Ty.isNull())
3901       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3902     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3903                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3904     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3905     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3906     return NameInfo;
3907   }
3908 
3909   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3910     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3911     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3912     if (Ty.isNull())
3913       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3914     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3915                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3916     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3917     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3918     return NameInfo;
3919   }
3920 
3921   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3922     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3923     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3924     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3925     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3926     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3927       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3928 
3929     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3930     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3931 
3932     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3933     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3934     // was qualified.
3935 
3936     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3937                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3938     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3939     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3940     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3941     return NameInfo;
3942   }
3943 
3944   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3945     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3946     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3947     if (Ty.isNull())
3948       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3949     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3950                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3951     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3952     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3953     return NameInfo;
3954   }
3955 
3956   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3957     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3958     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3959     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3960   }
3961 
3962   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3963 
3964   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3965 }
3966 
3967 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3968   do {
3969     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3970       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3971     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3972       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3973     else
3974       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3975   } while (true);
3976 }
3977 
3978 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3979 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3980 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3981 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3982 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3983 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3984 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3985 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3986                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3987                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3988                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3989   Params.clear();
3990   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3991     return false;
3992   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3993     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3994     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3995 
3996     // The parameter types are identical
3997     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3998       continue;
3999 
4000     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4001     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4002     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4003     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4004 
4005     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4006         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4007       Params.push_back(Idx);
4008     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4009       return false;
4010   }
4011 
4012   return true;
4013 }
4014 
4015 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4016 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4017 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4018 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4019 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4020 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4021                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4022   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4023   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4024   //   - types which will become injected class names
4025   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4026   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4027   // few cases here.
4028 
4029   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4030   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4031   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4032   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4033   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4034   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4035     // Grab the type from the parser.
4036     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4037     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4038     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4039 
4040     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4041     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4042     // attached already.
4043     if (!TSI)
4044       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4045 
4046     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4047     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4048     if (!TSI) return true;
4049 
4050     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4051     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4052     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4053     break;
4054   }
4055 
4056   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4057   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4058     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4059     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4060     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4061     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4062     break;
4063   }
4064 
4065   default:
4066     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4067     break;
4068   }
4069 
4070   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4071   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4072     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4073 
4074     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4075     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4076     // pointer.
4077     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4078       continue;
4079 
4080     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4081     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4082     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4083       return true;
4084   }
4085 
4086   return false;
4087 }
4088 
4089 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4090   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4091   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4092 
4093   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4094       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4095     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4096 
4097   return Dcl;
4098 }
4099 
4100 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4101 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4102 ///   name different from T:
4103 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4104 ///     - every member function of class T
4105 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4106 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4107 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4108                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4109   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4110 
4111   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4112     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4113       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4114       return true;
4115     }
4116 
4117   return false;
4118 }
4119 
4120 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4121 /// nested-name-specifier.
4122 ///
4123 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4124 ///
4125 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4126 /// resolves.
4127 ///
4128 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4129 ///
4130 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4131 ///
4132 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4133 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4134                                         DeclarationName Name,
4135                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4136   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4137   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4138     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4139 
4140   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4141   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4142   //
4143   // class X {
4144   //   void X::f();
4145   // };
4146   //
4147   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4148   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4149   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4150     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4151       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4152                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4153         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4154       SS.clear();
4155     } else {
4156       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4157     }
4158     return false;
4159   }
4160 
4161   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4162   // declaration.
4163   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4164     if (Cur->isRecord())
4165       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4166         << Name << SS.getRange();
4167     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4168       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4169         << Name << SS.getRange();
4170     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4171       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4172         << Name << SS.getRange();
4173     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4174       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4175         << Name << SS.getRange();
4176     else
4177       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4178       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4179 
4180     return true;
4181   }
4182 
4183   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4184     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4185     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4186       << Name << SS.getRange();
4187     SS.clear();
4188 
4189     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4190     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4191     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4192     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4193          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4194         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4195                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4196       return true;
4197 
4198     return false;
4199   }
4200 
4201   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4202   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4203   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4204   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4205   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4206     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4207   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4208         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4209     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4210       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4211 
4212   return false;
4213 }
4214 
4215 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4216                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4217   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4218   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4219   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4220 
4221   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4222   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4223   if (!Name) {
4224     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4225       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4226            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4227         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4228     return 0;
4229   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4230     return 0;
4231 
4232   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4233   // we find one that is.
4234   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4235          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4236     S = S->getParent();
4237 
4238   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4239   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4240     D.setInvalidType();
4241   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4242     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4243                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4244       return 0;
4245 
4246     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4247     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4248     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4249       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4250       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4251       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4252       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4253       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4254            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4255         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4256         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4257       return 0;
4258     }
4259     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4260 
4261     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4262         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4263       return 0;
4264 
4265     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4266       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4267            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4268         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4269       D.setInvalidType();
4270     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4271       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4272                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4273         if (DC->isRecord())
4274           return 0;
4275 
4276         D.setInvalidType();
4277       }
4278     }
4279 
4280     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4281     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4282     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4283         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4284       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4285       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4286         D.setInvalidType();
4287     }
4288   }
4289 
4290   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4291     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4292     // Just return early; it's safer.
4293     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4294       return 0;
4295 
4296   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4297   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4298 
4299   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4300                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4301     D.setInvalidType();
4302 
4303   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4304                         ForRedeclaration);
4305 
4306   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4307   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4308     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4309     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4310 
4311     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4312     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4313     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4314     //
4315     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4316     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4317     // the same name.
4318     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4319       /* Do nothing*/;
4320     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4321              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4322               R->isFunctionType())) {
4323       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4324       CreateBuiltins =
4325           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4326     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4327                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4328       CreateBuiltins = true;
4329 
4330     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4331       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4332 
4333     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4334   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4335     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4336 
4337     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4338     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4339     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4340     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4341     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4342     //  thereof; [...]
4343     //
4344     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4345     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4346     // we want to match. For example, given:
4347     //
4348     //   class X {
4349     //     void f();
4350     //     void f(float);
4351     //   };
4352     //
4353     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4354     //
4355     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4356     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4357     // matches.
4358 
4359     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4360     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4361     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4362     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4363     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4364   }
4365 
4366   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4367       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4368     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4369     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4370       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4371                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4372 
4373     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4374     Previous.clear();
4375   }
4376 
4377   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4378   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4379   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4380   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4381   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4382       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4383     Previous.clear();
4384 
4385   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4386   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4387   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4388     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4389 
4390   NamedDecl *New;
4391 
4392   bool AddToScope = true;
4393   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4394     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4395       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4396       return 0;
4397     }
4398 
4399     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4400   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4401     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4402                                   TemplateParamLists,
4403                                   AddToScope);
4404   } else {
4405     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4406                                   AddToScope);
4407   }
4408 
4409   if (New == 0)
4410     return 0;
4411 
4412   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4413   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4414   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4415        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4416     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4417     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4418     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4419     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4420     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4421     if (!AddToContext)
4422       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4423   }
4424 
4425   return New;
4426 }
4427 
4428 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4429 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4430 /// GCC compatibility).
4431 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4432                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4433                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4434                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4435   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4436   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4437   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4438   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4439   SizeIsNegative = false;
4440   Oversized = 0;
4441 
4442   if (T->isDependentType())
4443     return QualType();
4444 
4445   QualifierCollector Qs;
4446   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4447 
4448   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4449     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4450     QualType FixedType =
4451         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4452                                             Oversized);
4453     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4454     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4455     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4456   }
4457   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4458     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4459     QualType FixedType =
4460         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4461                                             Oversized);
4462     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4463     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4464     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4465   }
4466 
4467   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4468   if (!VLATy)
4469     return QualType();
4470   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4471   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4472     return QualType();
4473 
4474   llvm::APSInt Res;
4475   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4476       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4477     return QualType();
4478 
4479   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4480   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4481     SizeIsNegative = true;
4482     return QualType();
4483   }
4484 
4485   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4486   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4487     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4488                                               Res);
4489   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4490     Oversized = Res;
4491     return QualType();
4492   }
4493 
4494   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4495                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4496 }
4497 
4498 static void
4499 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4500   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4501     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4502     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4503                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4504     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4505     return;
4506   }
4507   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4508     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4509     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4510                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4511     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4512     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4513     return;
4514   }
4515   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4516   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4517   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4518   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4519   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4520   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4521   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4522   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4523 }
4524 
4525 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4526 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4527 /// GCC compatibility).
4528 static TypeSourceInfo*
4529 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4530                                               ASTContext &Context,
4531                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4532                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4533   QualType FixedTy
4534     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4535                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4536   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4537     return 0;
4538   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4539   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4540                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4541   return FixedTInfo;
4542 }
4543 
4544 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4545 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4546 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4547 /// function-scope declarations.
4548 void
4549 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4550   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4551       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4552     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4553     return;
4554 
4555   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4556   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4557   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4558   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4559 }
4560 
4561 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4562   if (ExternalSource) {
4563     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4564     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4565     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4566     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4567     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4568       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4569         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4570       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4571         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4572     }
4573   }
4574 
4575   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4576   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4577 }
4578 
4579 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4580 /// does not identify a function.
4581 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4582   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4583   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4584   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4585     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4586          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4587 
4588   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4589     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4590          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4591 
4592   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4593     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4594          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4595 
4596   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4597     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4598          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4599 }
4600 
4601 NamedDecl*
4602 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4603                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4604   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4605   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4606     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4607       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4608     D.setInvalidType();
4609     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4610     DC = CurContext;
4611     Previous.clear();
4612   }
4613 
4614   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4615 
4616   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4617     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4618       << 1;
4619 
4620   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4621     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4622       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4623     return 0;
4624   }
4625 
4626   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4627   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4628 
4629   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4630   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4631 
4632   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4633 
4634   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4635   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4636   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4637   return ND;
4638 }
4639 
4640 void
4641 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4642   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4643   // then it shall have block scope.
4644   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4645   // that redeclarations will match.
4646   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4647   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4648   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4649     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4650 
4651     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4652       bool SizeIsNegative;
4653       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4654       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4655         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4656                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4657                                                       Oversized);
4658       if (FixedTInfo) {
4659         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4660         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4661       } else {
4662         if (SizeIsNegative)
4663           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4664         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4665           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4666         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4667           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4668             << Oversized.toString(10);
4669         else
4670           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4671         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4672       }
4673     }
4674   }
4675 }
4676 
4677 
4678 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4679 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4680 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4681 NamedDecl*
4682 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4683                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4684   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4685   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4686   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4687                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4688   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4689   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4690     Redeclaration = true;
4691     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4692   }
4693 
4694   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4695   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4696     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4697         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4698       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4699         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4700       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4701         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4702       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4703         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4704       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4705         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4706     }
4707 
4708   return NewTD;
4709 }
4710 
4711 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4712 /// previous declaration.
4713 ///
4714 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4715 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4716 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4717 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4718 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4719 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4720 ///
4721 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4722 /// lookup
4723 ///
4724 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4725 /// declared.
4726 ///
4727 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4728 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4729 static bool
4730 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4731                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4732   if (!PrevDecl)
4733     return false;
4734 
4735   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4736     return false;
4737 
4738   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4739     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4740     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4741     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4742     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4743     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4744     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4745     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4746     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4747       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4748       return false;
4749 
4750     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4751     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4752       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4753       return false;
4754 
4755     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4756     // previous declarations.
4757     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4758     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4759 
4760     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4761     // isn't the same function.
4762     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4763       return false;
4764   }
4765 
4766   return true;
4767 }
4768 
4769 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4770   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4771   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4772   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4773 }
4774 
4775 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4776   QualType type = decl->getType();
4777   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4778   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4779     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4780     unsigned kind = -1U;
4781     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4782       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4783         kind = 0; // __block
4784       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4785         kind = 1; // global
4786     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4787       kind = 3; // ivar
4788     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4789       kind = 2; // field
4790     }
4791 
4792     if (kind != -1U) {
4793       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4794         << kind;
4795     }
4796   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4797     // Try to infer lifetime.
4798     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4799       return false;
4800 
4801     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4802     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4803     decl->setType(type);
4804   }
4805 
4806   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4807     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4808     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4809         var->getTLSKind()) {
4810       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4811         << var->getType();
4812       return true;
4813     }
4814   }
4815 
4816   return false;
4817 }
4818 
4819 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4820   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4821   // the wrong linkage.
4822   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4823 
4824   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4825   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4826     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4827       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4828       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4829     }
4830   }
4831   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4832     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4833       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4834       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4835     }
4836   }
4837 
4838   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4839   // It does not apply to functions.
4840   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4841     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4842       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4843       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4844     }
4845   }
4846 }
4847 
4848 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4849 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4850 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4851 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4852   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4853 
4854   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4855   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4856 
4857   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4858   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4859     return false;
4860 
4861   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4862 
4863 #ifndef NDEBUG
4864   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4865   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4866   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4867   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4868   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4869 #endif
4870 
4871   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4872 
4873 #ifndef NDEBUG
4874   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4875 #endif
4876 
4877   return isC99Inline;
4878 }
4879 
4880 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4881 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4882 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4883 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4884 ///
4885 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4886 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4887 ///
4888 /// For instance:
4889 ///
4890 ///   auto x = []{};
4891 ///
4892 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4893 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4894 ///
4895 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4896 template<typename T>
4897 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4898   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4899     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4900     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4901       return false;
4902   }
4903   return D->isExternC();
4904 }
4905 
4906 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4907   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4908   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4909     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4910   if (DC->isFileContext())
4911     return true;
4912   if (DC->isRecord())
4913     return false;
4914   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4915 }
4916 
4917 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4918   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4919   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4920     return true;
4921   if (DC->isRecord())
4922     return false;
4923   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4924 }
4925 
4926 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
4927                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
4928   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
4929     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
4930       return true;
4931   return false;
4932 }
4933 
4934 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
4935                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
4936   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
4937   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
4938     return true;
4939 
4940   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
4941   // position to the decl itself.
4942   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4943     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
4944       return true;
4945   }
4946 
4947   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
4948   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
4949 }
4950 
4951 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4952 /// function-local external declaration.
4953 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4954   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4955     return false;
4956 
4957   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4958   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4959   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4960   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4961     return true;
4962 
4963   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4964   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4965   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4966   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4967   //
4968   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4969   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4970   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4971     DC = DC->getParent();
4972   return true;
4973 }
4974 
4975 NamedDecl *
4976 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4977                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4978                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4979                               bool &AddToScope) {
4980   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4981   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4982 
4983   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4984   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4985     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4986 
4987   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
4988   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
4989   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
4990       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport))
4991     SC = SC_Extern;
4992 
4993   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4994   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4995                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4996 
4997   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4998     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
4999     QualType NR = R;
5000     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5001       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5002         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5003         D.setInvalidType();
5004         break;
5005       }
5006       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5007     }
5008 
5009     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5010       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5011       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5012       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5013         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5014         D.setInvalidType();
5015       }
5016     }
5017   }
5018 
5019   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5020     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5021     // an error here
5022     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5023     D.setInvalidType();
5024     SC = SC_None;
5025   }
5026 
5027   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5028       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5029                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5030     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5031     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5032     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5033     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5034          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5035       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5036   }
5037 
5038   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5039   if (!II) {
5040     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5041       << Name;
5042     return 0;
5043   }
5044 
5045   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5046 
5047   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
5048     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5049     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5050     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5051       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5052       // is a GNU extension.
5053       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5054         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5055       else
5056         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5057       D.setInvalidType();
5058     }
5059   }
5060 
5061   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5062     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5063     // OpenCL __local address space.
5064     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5065       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5066     }
5067 
5068     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5069     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5070     // space qualifiers.
5071     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5072       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5073       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5074     }
5075 
5076     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5077     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5078     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5079     // address space qualifiers.
5080     if (R->isEventT()) {
5081       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5082         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5083         D.setInvalidType();
5084       }
5085 
5086       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5087         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5088         D.setInvalidType();
5089       }
5090     }
5091   }
5092 
5093   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5094   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5095   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5096   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5097   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5098   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5099   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5100   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5101     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5102                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5103                             R, TInfo, SC);
5104 
5105     if (D.isInvalidType())
5106       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5107   } else {
5108     bool Invalid = false;
5109 
5110     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5111       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5112       switch (SC) {
5113       case SC_None:
5114         break;
5115       case SC_Static:
5116         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5117              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5118           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5119         break;
5120       case SC_Auto:
5121       case SC_Register:
5122       case SC_Extern:
5123         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5124         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5125         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5126         // of class members
5127 
5128         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5129              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5130           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5131         break;
5132       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5133         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5134       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5135         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5136       }
5137     }
5138 
5139     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5140       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5141         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5142           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5143                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5144             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5145 
5146         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5147         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5148         if (RD->isUnion())
5149           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5150                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5151                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5152                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5153         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5154         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5155           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5156                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5157             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5158       }
5159     }
5160 
5161     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5162     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5163     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5164         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5165         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5166         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5167 
5168     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5169         !TemplateParams) {
5170       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5171 
5172       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5173       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5174       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5175       // too few of them).
5176       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5177       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5178       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5179           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5180           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5181                                         "template<> ");
5182       IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
5183       TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(),
5184                                                      SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
5185                                                      SourceLocation());
5186     }
5187 
5188     if (TemplateParams) {
5189       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5190           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5191         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5192         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5193         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5194              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5195           << II
5196           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5197                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5198         TemplateParams = 0;
5199       } else {
5200         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5201         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5202              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5203                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5204                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5205 
5206         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5207           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5208           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5209           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5210           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5211         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5212           // This is a template declaration.
5213           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5214 
5215           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5216           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5217             return 0;
5218         }
5219       }
5220     }
5221 
5222     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5223       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5224           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5225               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5226               : SourceLocation();
5227       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5228           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5229           IsPartialSpecialization);
5230       if (Res.isInvalid())
5231         return 0;
5232       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5233       AddToScope = false;
5234     } else
5235       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5236                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5237 
5238     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5239     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5240       NewTemplate =
5241           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5242                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5243       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5244     }
5245 
5246     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5247     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5248     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5249       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5250 
5251     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5252       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5253       if (NewTemplate)
5254         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5255     }
5256 
5257     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5258 
5259     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5260     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5261     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5262     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5263       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5264           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5265           TemplateParamLists.data());
5266 
5267     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5268       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5269   }
5270 
5271   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5272   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5273   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5274   if (NewTemplate)
5275     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5276 
5277   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5278     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5279 
5280   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5281     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5282       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5283       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5284       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5285       //   explicitly.
5286       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5287       //   'extern'.
5288       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5289           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5290           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5291         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5292       else
5293         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5294              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5295           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5296     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5297       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5298            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5299     else
5300       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5301   }
5302 
5303   // C99 6.7.4p3
5304   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5305   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5306   //   thread storage duration...
5307   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5308   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5309   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5310   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5311   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5312   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5313       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5314     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5315     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5316       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5317            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5318       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5319     }
5320   }
5321 
5322   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5323     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5324       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5325           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5326           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5327                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5328     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5329       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5330         << 2
5331         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5332     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5333       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5334         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5335         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5336         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5337     else {
5338       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5339       if (NewTemplate)
5340         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5341     }
5342   }
5343 
5344   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5345   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5346 
5347   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5348     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5349     // storage [duration]."
5350     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5351         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5352          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5353       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5354     }
5355   }
5356 
5357   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5358   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5359   // check the VarDecl itself.
5360   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5361          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5362          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5363 
5364   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5365   // retainable type.
5366   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5367     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5368 
5369   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5370   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5371     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5372     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5373     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5374     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5375       switch (SC) {
5376       case SC_None:
5377       case SC_Auto:
5378         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5379         break;
5380       case SC_Register:
5381         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5382           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5383         break;
5384       case SC_Static:
5385       case SC_Extern:
5386       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5387       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5388         break;
5389       }
5390     }
5391 
5392     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5393                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5394   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5395     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5396       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5397     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5398       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5399       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5400     }
5401   }
5402 
5403   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5404   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5405     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5406 
5407   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5408   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5409   // declaration has linkage).
5410   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5411                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5412                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5413                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5414 
5415   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5416   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5417   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5418       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5419     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5420         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5421         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5422 
5423   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5424     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5425   } else {
5426     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5427     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5428         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5429       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5430 
5431     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5432     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5433       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5434           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5435           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5436         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5437         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5438         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5439           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5440         Previous.clear();
5441         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5442       }
5443     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5444       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5445       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5446         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5447         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5448       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5449     }
5450 
5451     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5452       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5453 
5454     if (NewTemplate) {
5455       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5456           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5457               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5458               : 0;
5459 
5460       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5461       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5462       // template declaration.
5463       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5464               TemplateParams,
5465               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5466                               : 0,
5467               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5468                DC->isDependentContext())
5469                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5470                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5471         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5472 
5473       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5474       // template, make a note of that.
5475       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5476           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5477         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5478     }
5479   }
5480 
5481   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5482 
5483   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5484   // the map of such variables.
5485   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5486       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5487     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5488 
5489   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5490     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5491     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5492             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5493                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5494       Context.setManglingNumber(
5495           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5496       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5497     }
5498   }
5499 
5500   if (NewTemplate) {
5501     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5502       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5503     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5504     return NewTemplate;
5505   }
5506 
5507   return NewVD;
5508 }
5509 
5510 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5511 /// -Wshadow.
5512 ///
5513 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5514 /// scope.
5515 ///
5516 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5517 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5518 ///
5519 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5520   // Return if warning is ignored.
5521   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5522         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5523     return;
5524 
5525   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5526   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5527     return;
5528 
5529   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5530 
5531   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5532   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5533     return;
5534 
5535   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5536   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5537     return;
5538 
5539   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5540   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5541     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5542       if (MD->isStatic())
5543         return;
5544 
5545   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5546     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5547       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5548       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5549       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5550         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5551           ShadowedDecl = I;
5552           break;
5553         }
5554     }
5555 
5556   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5557 
5558   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5559   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5560     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5561     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5562       return;
5563 
5564     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5565     // static data members from base classes?
5566 
5567     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5568     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5569     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5570   }
5571 
5572   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5573   unsigned Kind;
5574   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5575     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5576       Kind = 3; // field
5577     else
5578       Kind = 2; // static data member
5579   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5580     Kind = 1; // global
5581   else
5582     Kind = 0; // local
5583 
5584   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5585 
5586   // Emit warning and note.
5587   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5588     return;
5589   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5590   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5591 }
5592 
5593 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5594 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5595   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5596         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5597     return;
5598 
5599   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5600                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5601   LookupName(R, S);
5602   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5603 }
5604 
5605 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5606 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5607 template<typename T>
5608 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5609     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5610   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5611   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5612 
5613   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5614     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5615     // declaration.
5616     return false;
5617   }
5618 
5619   if (Prev) {
5620     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5621       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5622       // redeclaration.
5623       Previous.clear();
5624       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5625       return true;
5626     }
5627 
5628     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5629     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5630     // declaration.
5631     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5632       return false;
5633   } else {
5634     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5635     // translation unit which might conflict.
5636     if (IsGlobal) {
5637       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5638       IsGlobal = false;
5639       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5640            I != E; ++I) {
5641         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5642           Prev = *I;
5643           break;
5644         }
5645       }
5646     } else {
5647       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5648           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5649       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5650            I != E; ++I) {
5651         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5652           Prev = *I;
5653           break;
5654         }
5655         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5656         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5657         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5658         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5659         // diagnostic.
5660       }
5661     }
5662 
5663     if (!Prev)
5664       return false;
5665   }
5666 
5667   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5668   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5669   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5670   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5671     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5672   else
5673     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5674 
5675   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5676     << IsGlobal << ND;
5677   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5678     << IsGlobal;
5679   return false;
5680 }
5681 
5682 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5683 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5684 ///
5685 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5686 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5687 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5688 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5689 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5690 template<typename T>
5691 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5692                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5693   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5694     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5695     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5696     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5697     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5698       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5699         Previous.clear();
5700         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5701         return true;
5702       }
5703     }
5704     return false;
5705   }
5706 
5707   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5708   // declaration.
5709   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5710     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5711 
5712   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5713   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5714   // in another scope.
5715   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5716     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5717 
5718   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5719   return false;
5720 }
5721 
5722 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5723   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5724   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5725     return;
5726 
5727   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5728   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5729 
5730   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5731   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5732     return;
5733 
5734   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5735     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5736 
5737   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5738     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5739       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5740     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5741     NewVD->setType(T);
5742   }
5743 
5744   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5745   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5746   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5747   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5748   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5749     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5750     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5751     return;
5752   }
5753 
5754   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5755   // __constant address space.
5756   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5757       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5758       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5759     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5760     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5761     return;
5762   }
5763 
5764   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5765   // scope.
5766   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5767       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5768     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5769     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5770     return;
5771   }
5772 
5773   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5774       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5775     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5776       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5777     else {
5778       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5779       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5780     }
5781   }
5782 
5783   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5784   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5785       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5786     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5787 
5788   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5789       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5790     bool SizeIsNegative;
5791     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5792     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5793       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5794                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5795     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5796       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5797       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5798       // int a[10][n];
5799       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5800 
5801       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5802         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5803         << SizeRange;
5804       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5805         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5806         << SizeRange;
5807       else
5808         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5809         << SizeRange;
5810       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5811       return;
5812     }
5813 
5814     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5815       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5816         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5817       else
5818         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5819       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5820       return;
5821     }
5822 
5823     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5824     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5825     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5826   }
5827 
5828   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5829     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5830     //                    of objects and functions.
5831     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5832       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5833         << T;
5834       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5835       return;
5836     }
5837   }
5838 
5839   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5840     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5841     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5842     return;
5843   }
5844 
5845   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5846     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5847     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5848     return;
5849   }
5850 
5851   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5852       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5853                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5854     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5855     return;
5856   }
5857 }
5858 
5859 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5860 /// declaration.
5861 ///
5862 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5863 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5864 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5865 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5866 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5867 ///
5868 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5869 ///
5870 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5871 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5872   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5873 
5874   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5875   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5876     return false;
5877 
5878   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5879   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5880   if (Previous.empty() &&
5881       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5882     Previous.setShadowed();
5883 
5884   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5885   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5886 
5887   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5888     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5889     return true;
5890   }
5891   return false;
5892 }
5893 
5894 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5895 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5896   Sema *S;
5897   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5898 };
5899 
5900 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5901 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5902 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5903 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5904                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5905                                  void *UserData) {
5906   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5907 
5908   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5909     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5910 
5911   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5912 
5913   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5914   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5915     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5916     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5917     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5918 
5919     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5920   }
5921 
5922   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5923        !Path.Decls.empty();
5924        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5925     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5926     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5927       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5928         return true;
5929     }
5930   }
5931 
5932   return false;
5933 }
5934 
5935 namespace {
5936   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5937 }
5938 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5939 /// overriden methods.
5940 ///
5941 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5942 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5943 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5944 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5945                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5946   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5947   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5948                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5949        I != E; ++I) {
5950     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5951     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5952     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5953     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5954         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5955         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5956       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5957   }
5958 }
5959 
5960 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5961 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5962 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5963   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5964   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5965   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5966   Data.Method = MD;
5967   Data.S = this;
5968   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5969   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5970   bool AddedAny = false;
5971   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5972     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
5973       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
5974         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5975         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5976             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5977             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5978             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5979           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5980           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5981           AddedAny = true;
5982         }
5983       }
5984     }
5985   }
5986 
5987   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5988     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5989   }
5990   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5991     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5992   }
5993 
5994   return AddedAny;
5995 }
5996 
5997 namespace {
5998   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5999   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6000   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6001     Scope *S;
6002     Declarator &D;
6003     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6004     bool AddToScope;
6005   };
6006 }
6007 
6008 namespace {
6009 
6010 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6011 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6012 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6013  public:
6014   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6015                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6016       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6017         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
6018 
6019   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6020     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6021       return false;
6022 
6023     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6024     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6025                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6026          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6027       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6028 
6029       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6030           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6031         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6032           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6033           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6034             return true;
6035         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6036           return true;
6037         }
6038       }
6039     }
6040 
6041     return false;
6042   }
6043 
6044  private:
6045   ASTContext &Context;
6046   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6047   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6048 };
6049 
6050 }
6051 
6052 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6053 ///
6054 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6055 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6056 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6057 /// the same name.
6058 ///
6059 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6060 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6061 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6062     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6063     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6064   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6065   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6066   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6067   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6068   TypoCorrection Correction;
6069   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6070   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6071                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6072   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6073                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6074                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6075                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6076 
6077   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6078   if (IsLocalFriend)
6079     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6080   else
6081     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6082   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6083          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6084   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6085   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6086                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6087   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6088     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6089          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6090       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6091       if (FD &&
6092           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6093         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6094         // involve a parameter
6095         unsigned ParamNum =
6096             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6097         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6098       }
6099     }
6100   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6101   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6102                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6103                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6104                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6105     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6106     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6107                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6108     Previous.clear();
6109     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6110     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6111                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6112          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6113       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6114       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6115           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6116         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6117       }
6118     }
6119     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6120 
6121     NamedDecl *Result;
6122     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6123     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6124     {
6125       // Trap errors.
6126       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6127 
6128       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6129       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6130       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6131       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6132           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6133           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6134           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6135           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6136 
6137       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6138         Result = 0;
6139     }
6140 
6141     if (Result) {
6142       // Determine which correction we picked.
6143       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6144       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6145            I != E; ++I)
6146         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6147           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6148 
6149       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6150           Correction,
6151           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6152                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6153                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6154             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6155       return Result;
6156     }
6157 
6158     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6159     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6160                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6161     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6162     Previous.clear();
6163     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6164   }
6165 
6166   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6167       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6168 
6169   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6170   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6171     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6172 
6173   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6174        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6175        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6176     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6177     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6178     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6179     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6180 
6181     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6182     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6183       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6184       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6185       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6186       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6187                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6188         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6189         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6190     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6191       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6192           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6193     } else
6194       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6195                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6196                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6197   }
6198   return 0;
6199 }
6200 
6201 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6202                                                           Declarator &D) {
6203   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6204   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6205   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6206   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6207   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6208     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6209                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6210     D.setInvalidType();
6211     break;
6212   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6213   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6214     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6215       return SC_None;
6216     return SC_Extern;
6217   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6218     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6219       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6220       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6221       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6222       //   other than extern
6223       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6224       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6225                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6226       break;
6227     } else
6228       return SC_Static;
6229   }
6230   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6231   }
6232 
6233   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6234   return SC_None;
6235 }
6236 
6237 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6238                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6239                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6240                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6241                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6242   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6243   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6244 
6245   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6246   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6247 
6248   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6249     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6250     // prototype. This true when:
6251     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6252     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6253     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6254     bool HasPrototype =
6255       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6256       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6257 
6258     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6259                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6260                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6261                                  HasPrototype, false);
6262     if (D.isInvalidType())
6263       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6264 
6265     // Set the lexical context.
6266     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6267 
6268     return NewFD;
6269   }
6270 
6271   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6272   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6273 
6274   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6275   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6276   // the class has been completely parsed.
6277   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6278       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6279           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6280           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6281     D.setInvalidType();
6282 
6283   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6284     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6285     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6286            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6287 
6288     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6289     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6290                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6291                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6292                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6293                                       isConstexpr);
6294 
6295   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6296     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6297     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6298       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6299       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6300       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6301                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6302                                         D.getLocStart(),
6303                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6304                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6305 
6306       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6307       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6308       // it yet.
6309       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6310           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6311           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6312         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6313       }
6314 
6315       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6316       return NewDD;
6317 
6318     } else {
6319       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6320       D.setInvalidType();
6321 
6322       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6323       // code path.
6324       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6325                                   D.getLocStart(),
6326                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6327                                   SC, isInline,
6328                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6329     }
6330 
6331   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6332     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6333       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6334            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6335       return 0;
6336     }
6337 
6338     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6339     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6340     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6341                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6342                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6343                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6344 
6345   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6346     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6347     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6348     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6349     // constructor if it has no return type).
6350     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6351         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6352       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6353         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6354         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6355       return 0;
6356     }
6357 
6358     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6359     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6360                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6361                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6362                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6363                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6364     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6365     return Ret;
6366   } else {
6367     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6368     // prototype. This true when:
6369     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6370     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6371                                 D.getLocStart(),
6372                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6373                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6374   }
6375 }
6376 
6377 enum OpenCLParamType {
6378   ValidKernelParam,
6379   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6380   PtrKernelParam,
6381   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6382   InvalidKernelParam,
6383   RecordKernelParam
6384 };
6385 
6386 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6387   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6388     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6389     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6390       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6391     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6392                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6393   }
6394 
6395   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6396   // be used as builtin types.
6397 
6398   if (PT->isImageType())
6399     return PtrKernelParam;
6400 
6401   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6402     return InvalidKernelParam;
6403 
6404   if (PT->isEventT())
6405     return InvalidKernelParam;
6406 
6407   if (PT->isHalfType())
6408     return InvalidKernelParam;
6409 
6410   if (PT->isRecordType())
6411     return RecordKernelParam;
6412 
6413   return ValidKernelParam;
6414 }
6415 
6416 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6417   Sema &S,
6418   Declarator &D,
6419   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6420   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6421   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6422 
6423   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6424   // used again
6425   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6426     return;
6427 
6428   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6429   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6430     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6431     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6432     // pointer to a pointer type.
6433     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6434     D.setInvalidType();
6435     return;
6436 
6437   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6438     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6439     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6440     // pointer to the private address space.
6441     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6442     D.setInvalidType();
6443     return;
6444 
6445     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6446     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6447     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6448     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6449     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6450 
6451   case InvalidKernelParam:
6452     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6453     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6454     // of event_t type.
6455     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6456     D.setInvalidType();
6457     return;
6458 
6459   case PtrKernelParam:
6460   case ValidKernelParam:
6461     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6462     return;
6463 
6464   case RecordKernelParam:
6465     break;
6466   }
6467 
6468   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6469   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6470 
6471   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6472   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6473   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6474   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6475 
6476   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6477   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6478 
6479   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6480 
6481   do {
6482     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6483     if (!Next) {
6484       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6485       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6486       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6487         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6488 
6489       continue;
6490     }
6491 
6492     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6493     // field itself) to the history stack.
6494     const RecordDecl *RD;
6495     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6496       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6497       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6498     } else {
6499       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6500     }
6501 
6502     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6503     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6504 
6505     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6506       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6507 
6508       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6509         continue;
6510 
6511       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6512       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6513         continue;
6514 
6515       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6516         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6517         continue;
6518       }
6519 
6520       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6521       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6522       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6523       // union.
6524       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6525           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6526         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6527                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6528           << PT->isUnionType()
6529           << PT;
6530       } else {
6531         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6532       }
6533 
6534       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6535         << PD->getDeclName();
6536 
6537       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6538       // the offending field came from
6539       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6540              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6541         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6542         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6543           << OuterField->getType();
6544       }
6545 
6546       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6547         << QT->isPointerType()
6548         << QT;
6549       D.setInvalidType();
6550       return;
6551     }
6552   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6553 }
6554 
6555 NamedDecl*
6556 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6557                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6558                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6559                               bool &AddToScope) {
6560   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6561 
6562   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6563 
6564   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6565   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6566   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6567   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6568 
6569   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6570     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6571          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6572       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6573 
6574   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6575     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6576 
6577   bool isFriend = false;
6578   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6579   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6580   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6581 
6582   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6583   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6584   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6585 
6586   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6587 
6588   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6589   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6590 
6591   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6592                                               isVirtualOkay);
6593   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6594 
6595   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6596     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6597 
6598   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6599   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6600   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6601   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6602 
6603   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6604     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6605 
6606   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6607     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6608     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6609     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6610     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6611     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6612     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6613       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6614       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6615       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6616       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6617     }
6618 
6619     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6620     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6621     // return true).
6622     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6623           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6624       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6625         NewFD->setPure(true);
6626     }
6627 
6628     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6629     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6630     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6631     if (D.isInvalidType())
6632       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6633 
6634     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6635     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6636     bool Invalid = false;
6637     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6638             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6639                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6640                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6641                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6642       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6643         // This is a function template
6644 
6645         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6646         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6647           return 0;
6648 
6649         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6650         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6651           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6652           return 0;
6653         }
6654 
6655         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6656         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6657         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6658         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6659           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6660           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6661             Invalid = true;
6662         }
6663 
6664 
6665         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6666                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6667                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6668                                                         NewFD);
6669         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6670         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6671 
6672         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6673         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6674           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6675                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6676                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6677         }
6678       } else {
6679         // This is a function template specialization.
6680         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6681         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6682         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6683                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6684                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6685 
6686         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6687         if (isFriend) {
6688           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6689           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6690 
6691           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6692           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6693           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6694           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6695           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6696           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6697           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6698             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6699             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6700           }
6701 
6702           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6703             << Name << RemoveRange
6704             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6705             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6706         }
6707       }
6708     }
6709     else {
6710       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6711       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6712       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6713         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6714         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6715                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6716                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6717     }
6718 
6719     if (Invalid) {
6720       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6721       if (FunctionTemplate)
6722         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6723     }
6724 
6725     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6726     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6727     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6728     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6729     //
6730     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6731       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6732         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6733              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6734       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6735         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6736         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6737              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6738           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6739       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6740         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6741         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6742         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6743              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6744           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6745       } else {
6746         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6747         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6748       }
6749 
6750       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6751           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6752         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6753     }
6754 
6755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6756         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6757          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6758         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6759       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6760       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6761       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6762       // thing to do.
6763       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6764       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6765       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6766           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6767       QualType Result =
6768           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6769       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6770                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6771     }
6772 
6773     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6774     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6775     //  declaration.
6776     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6777       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6778         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6779         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6780              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6781           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6782       }
6783     }
6784 
6785     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6786     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6787     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6788     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6789     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6790       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6791         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6792         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6793              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6794           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6795       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6796                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6797         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6798         // or conversion function.
6799         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6800              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6801           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6802       }
6803     }
6804 
6805     if (isConstexpr) {
6806       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6807       // are implicitly inline.
6808       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6809 
6810       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6811       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6812       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6813       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6814         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6815     }
6816 
6817     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6818     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6819       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6820         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6821           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6822         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6823           << 0
6824           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6825       } else {
6826         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6827         if (FunctionTemplate)
6828           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6829       }
6830     }
6831 
6832     if (isFriend) {
6833       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6834         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6835         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6836       }
6837       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6838       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6839     }
6840 
6841     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6842     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6843     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6844     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6845       case FDK_Declaration:
6846       case FDK_Definition:
6847         break;
6848 
6849       case FDK_Defaulted:
6850         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6851         break;
6852 
6853       case FDK_Deleted:
6854         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6855         break;
6856     }
6857 
6858     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6859         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6860       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6861       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6862       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6863       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6864     }
6865 
6866     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6867         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6868       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6869       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6870       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6871       //   the class.
6872 
6873       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6874       // member function definition.
6875       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6876            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6877         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6878     }
6879 
6880     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6881     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6882     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6883     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6884     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6885          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6886         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6887       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6888       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6889       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6890                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6891     }
6892   }
6893 
6894   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6895   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6896                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6897                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6898                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6899 
6900   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6901   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6902     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6903     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6904     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6905                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6906   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6907     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6908       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6909     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6910       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6911       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6912     }
6913   }
6914 
6915   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6916   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6917   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6918   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6919     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6920 
6921     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6922     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6923     // single void argument.
6924     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6925     // already checks for that case.
6926     if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 &&
6927         FTI.Params[0].Param &&
6928         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6929       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6930     } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) {
6931       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
6932         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
6933         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6934         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6935         Params.push_back(Param);
6936 
6937         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6938           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6939       }
6940     }
6941 
6942   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6943     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6944     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6945     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6946     //
6947     // @code
6948     // typedef void fn(int);
6949     // fn f;
6950     // @endcode
6951 
6952     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6953     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
6954       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6955           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
6956       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6957       Params.push_back(Param);
6958     }
6959   } else {
6960     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6961            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6962   }
6963 
6964   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6965   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6966 
6967   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6968   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6969   //
6970   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6971   //
6972   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6973   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6974   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6975 
6976   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6977     NewFD->addAttr(
6978         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6979                                        Context, 0));
6980 
6981   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6982   // because all functions have linkage.
6983   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6984       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6985     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6986     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6987   }
6988 
6989   // Handle attributes.
6990   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6991 
6992   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
6993   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6994       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6995   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6996       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6997     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6998     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
6999     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7000     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7001     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7002       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7003   }
7004 
7005   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7006     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7007     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7008     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7009     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7010         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7011         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7012       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7013            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7014       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7015     }
7016   }
7017 
7018   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7019     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7020     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7021     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7022       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7023 
7024     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7025       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7026 
7027     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7028       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7029                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7030     else if (!Previous.empty())
7031       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7032       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7033     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7034             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7035            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7036   } else {
7037     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7038     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7039     //
7040     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7041     //
7042     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7043     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7044     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7045         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7046         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7047       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7048            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7049         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7050 
7051     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7052     // argument list into our AST format.
7053     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7054       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7055       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7056       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7057       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7058                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7059       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7060                                  TemplateArgs);
7061 
7062       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7063 
7064       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7065         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7066       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7067         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7068         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7069           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7070 
7071         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7072       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7073                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7074         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7075         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7076         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7077         // too few of them).
7078         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7079         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7080         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7081           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7082           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7083                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7084                                         "template<> ");
7085         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7086       } else {
7087         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7088         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7089       }
7090     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7091       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7092       // wrote something like:
7093       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7094       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7095       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7096       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7097       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7098         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7099       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7100     }
7101 
7102     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7103     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7104     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7105     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7106     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7107     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7108         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7109          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7110             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7111             InstantiationDependent))) {
7112       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7113              "friend function specialization without template args");
7114       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7115                                                        Previous))
7116         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7117     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7118       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7119           && !isFriend) {
7120         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7121         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7122           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7123           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7124           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7125       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7126                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7127                                                      Previous))
7128         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7129 
7130       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7131       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7132       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7133       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7134           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7135       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7136         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7137           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7138                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7139             << SC
7140             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7141                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7142 
7143         else
7144           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7145                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7146             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7147                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7148       }
7149 
7150     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7151       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7152           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7153     }
7154 
7155     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7156     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7157       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7158         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7159 
7160       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7161         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7162 
7163       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7164         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7165                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7166     }
7167 
7168     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7169             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7170            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7171 
7172     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7173                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7174                                 : NewFD);
7175 
7176     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7177       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7178       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7179         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7180 
7181       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7182       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7183     }
7184 
7185     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7186         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7187       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7188 
7189     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7190     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7191     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7192       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7193                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7194       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7195                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7196                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7197                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7198                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7199                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7200                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7201                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7202                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7203                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7204                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7205     }
7206 
7207     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7208       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7209     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7210       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7211                                        AddToScope };
7212       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7213       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7214         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7215 
7216       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7217       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7218         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7219         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7220 
7221         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7222         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7223         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7224         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7225         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7226         // can actually do this check immediately.
7227         if (isFriend &&
7228             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7229              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7230              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7231           // ignore these
7232         } else {
7233           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7234           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7235           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7236           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7237           //
7238           // class X {
7239           //   void f() const;
7240           // };
7241           //
7242           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7243           //
7244           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7245           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7246           // whether the parameter types are references).
7247 
7248           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7249                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7250             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7251             return Result;
7252           }
7253         }
7254 
7255         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7256         // to something.
7257       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7258         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7259                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7260           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7261           return Result;
7262         }
7263       }
7264 
7265     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7266                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7267                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7268                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7269       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7270       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7271       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7272       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7273       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7274       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7275       // generate them.
7276       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7277         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7278     }
7279   }
7280 
7281   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7282   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7283 
7284   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7285 
7286   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7287       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7288     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7289          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7290       << NewFD;
7291 
7292     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7293     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7294     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7295         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7296     EPI.Variadic = true;
7297     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7298 
7299     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7300     NewFD->setType(R);
7301   }
7302 
7303   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7304   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7305   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7306     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7307 
7308   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7309   // marking the function.
7310   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7311 
7312   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7313   // the map of such variables.
7314   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7315       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7316     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7317 
7318   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7319   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7320 
7321   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7322     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7323       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7324         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7325       return FunctionTemplate;
7326     }
7327   }
7328 
7329   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7330     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7331     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7332         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7333       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7334       D.setInvalidType();
7335     }
7336 
7337     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7338     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7339       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7340            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7341       D.setInvalidType();
7342     }
7343 
7344     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7345     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7346       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7347   }
7348 
7349   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7350 
7351   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7352     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7353       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7354           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7355         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7356           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7357             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7358 
7359           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7360         }
7361       }
7362 
7363   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7364   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7365   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7366   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7367     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7368                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7369                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7370                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7371                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7372     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7373     AddToScope = false;
7374   }
7375 
7376   return NewFD;
7377 }
7378 
7379 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7380 ///
7381 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7382 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7383 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7384 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7385 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7386 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7387 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7388 ///
7389 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7390 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7391 ///
7392 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7393 ///
7394 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7395 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7396                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7397                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7398   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7399          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7400 
7401   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7402   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7403   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7404   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7405                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7406 
7407   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7408   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7409 
7410   bool Redeclaration = false;
7411   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7412 
7413   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7414   // the same name, if appropriate.
7415   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7416     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7417     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7418     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7419     // function to the scope.
7420     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7421       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7422       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7423         Redeclaration = true;
7424         OldDecl = Candidate;
7425       }
7426     } else {
7427       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7428                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7429       case Ovl_Match:
7430         Redeclaration = true;
7431         break;
7432 
7433       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7434         Redeclaration = true;
7435         break;
7436 
7437       case Ovl_Overload:
7438         Redeclaration = false;
7439         break;
7440       }
7441 
7442       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7443         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7444         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7445         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7446           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7447         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7448         if (Redeclaration)
7449           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7450         else if (!Previous.empty())
7451           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7452         if (OverloadedDecl)
7453           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7454                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7455         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7456       }
7457     }
7458   }
7459 
7460   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7461   if (!Redeclaration &&
7462       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7463     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7464     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7465       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7466       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7467       Redeclaration = true;
7468       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7469       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7470 
7471       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7472       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7473         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7474           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7475             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7476           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7477                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7478           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7479         }
7480         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7481           Redeclaration = false;
7482           OldDecl = 0;
7483         }
7484       }
7485     }
7486   }
7487 
7488   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7489   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7490   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7491   //
7492   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7493   // definition of a static member function.
7494   //
7495   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7496   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7497   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7498   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7499       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7500       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7501     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7502     if (OldDecl)
7503       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7504     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7505       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7506         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7507       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7508       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7509       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7510                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7511 
7512       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7513       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7514       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7515         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7516         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7517                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7518           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7519 
7520         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7521           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7522       }
7523     }
7524   }
7525 
7526   if (Redeclaration) {
7527     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7528     // merged.
7529     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7530       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7531       return Redeclaration;
7532     }
7533 
7534     Previous.clear();
7535     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7536 
7537     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7538                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7539       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7540       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7541         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7542       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7543       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7544             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7545         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7546         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7547       }
7548 
7549       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7550       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7551       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7552           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7553         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7554         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7555       }
7556 
7557     } else {
7558       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7559       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7560 
7561       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7562         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7563         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7564         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7565         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7566 
7567         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7568         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7569         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7570 
7571         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7572         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7573             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7574           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7575           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7576           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7577           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7578           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7579             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7580           }
7581         }
7582       }
7583     }
7584   }
7585 
7586   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7587   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7588     // C++-specific checks.
7589     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7590       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7591     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7592                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7593       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7594       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7595 
7596       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7597       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7598       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7599         DeclarationName Name
7600           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7601                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7602         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7603           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7604           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7605           return Redeclaration;
7606         }
7607       }
7608     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7609                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7610       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7611     }
7612 
7613     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7614     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7615       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7616           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7617           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7618         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7619           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7620           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7621             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7622           }
7623         }
7624       }
7625 
7626       if (Method->isStatic())
7627         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7628     }
7629 
7630     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7631     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7632         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7633       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7634       return Redeclaration;
7635     }
7636 
7637     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7638     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7639         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7640       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7641       return Redeclaration;
7642     }
7643 
7644     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7645     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7646     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7647     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7648       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7649 
7650     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7651     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7652     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7653       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7654       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7655       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7656       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7657         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7658         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7659         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7660       }
7661     }
7662 
7663     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7664     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7665     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7666     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7667     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7668       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7669       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7670         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7671             << NewFD << R;
7672       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7673                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7674         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7675     }
7676   }
7677   return Redeclaration;
7678 }
7679 
7680 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7681   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7682   if (!TSI)
7683     return SourceRange();
7684 
7685   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7686   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7687   if (!FunctionTL)
7688     return SourceRange();
7689 
7690   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7691   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7692     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7693 
7694   return SourceRange();
7695 }
7696 
7697 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7698   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7699   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7700   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7701   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7702   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7703   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7704   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7705   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7706     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7707          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7708       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7709   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7710     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7711       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7712   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7713     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7714     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7715                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7716     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7717     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7718       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7719   }
7720   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7721     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7722       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7723     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7724   }
7725 
7726   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7727     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7728         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7729     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7730     return;
7731   }
7732 
7733   QualType T = FD->getType();
7734   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7735   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7736 
7737   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7738   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7739     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7740     // set the flag which tells us that.
7741     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7742     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7743 
7744   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7745   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7746   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7747   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7748     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7749 
7750     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7751     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7752       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7753           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7754 
7755   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7756   } else {
7757     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7758     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7759       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7760           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7761     else
7762       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7763 
7764     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7765   }
7766 
7767   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7768   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7769 
7770   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7771   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7772   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7773 
7774   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7775 
7776   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7777   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7778   // getting shifty.
7779   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7780     HasExtraParameters = false;
7781 
7782   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7783     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7784     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7785     nparams = 3;
7786   }
7787 
7788   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7789   // if we had some location information about types.
7790 
7791   QualType CharPP =
7792     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7793   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7794 
7795   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7796     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7797 
7798     bool mismatch = true;
7799 
7800     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7801       mismatch = false;
7802     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7803       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7804       //   char const **
7805       //   char const * const *
7806       //   char * const *
7807 
7808       QualifierCollector qs;
7809       const PointerType* PT;
7810       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7811           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7812           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7813                               Context.CharTy)) {
7814         qs.removeConst();
7815         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7816       }
7817     }
7818 
7819     if (mismatch) {
7820       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7821       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7822       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7823     }
7824   }
7825 
7826   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7827     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7828   }
7829 
7830   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7831     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7832     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7833   }
7834 }
7835 
7836 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7837   QualType T = FD->getType();
7838   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7839   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7840 
7841   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7842   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7843   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7844       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7845       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7846     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7847     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7848       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7849 
7850   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7851     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7852     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7853   }
7854 }
7855 
7856 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7857   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7858   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7859   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7860   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7861   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7862   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7863   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7864   // rules there don't matter.)
7865   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7866     return false;
7867   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7868     << Init->getSourceRange();
7869   return true;
7870 }
7871 
7872 namespace {
7873   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7874   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7875   class SelfReferenceChecker
7876       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7877     Sema &S;
7878     Decl *OrigDecl;
7879     bool isRecordType;
7880     bool isPODType;
7881     bool isReferenceType;
7882 
7883   public:
7884     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7885 
7886     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7887                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7888       isPODType = false;
7889       isRecordType = false;
7890       isReferenceType = false;
7891       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7892         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7893         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7894         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7895       }
7896     }
7897 
7898     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7899     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7900     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7901     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7902       if (isReferenceType)
7903         return;
7904       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7905       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7906         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7907         return;
7908       }
7909 
7910       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7911         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7912         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7913         return;
7914       }
7915 
7916       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7917         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7918         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7919           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7920           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7921             return;
7922           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7923         }
7924         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7925           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7926         return;
7927       }
7928     }
7929 
7930     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7931     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7932     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7933       if (isReferenceType)
7934         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7935     }
7936 
7937     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7938       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7939           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7940         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7941 
7942       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7943     }
7944 
7945     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7946       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7947       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7948 
7949       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7950       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7951       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7952       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7953       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7954       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7955         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7956           Warn = false;
7957         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7958       }
7959 
7960       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7961         if (Warn)
7962           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7963         return;
7964       }
7965 
7966       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7967       // Visit that expression.
7968       Visit(Base);
7969     }
7970 
7971     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7972       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7973         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7974           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7975 
7976       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7977     }
7978 
7979     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7980       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7981       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7982           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7983         if (!isPODType)
7984           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7985         return;
7986       }
7987       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7988     }
7989 
7990     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7991 
7992     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7993       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7994       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7995       unsigned diag;
7996       if (isReferenceType) {
7997         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7998       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7999         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8000       } else {
8001         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8002       }
8003 
8004       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8005                             S.PDiag(diag)
8006                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8007                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8008                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8009     }
8010   };
8011 
8012   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8013   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8014                                  bool DirectInit) {
8015     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8016     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8017     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8018       return;
8019 
8020     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8021 
8022     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8023     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8024     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8025       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8026         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8027           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8028             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8029               return;
8030 
8031     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8032   }
8033 }
8034 
8035 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8036 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8037 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8038 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8039                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8040   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8041   // the initializer.
8042   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8043     return;
8044 
8045   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8046     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8047     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8048     // Thus this grotesque test.
8049     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8050     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8051         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8052       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8053     else {
8054       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8055         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8056       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8057     }
8058     return;
8059   }
8060 
8061   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8062   if (!VDecl) {
8063     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8064     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8065     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8066     return;
8067   }
8068   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8069 
8070   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8071   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8072     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8073     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8074     // contains exactly one expression.
8075     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8076       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8077         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8078         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8079         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8080              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8081                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8082           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8083           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8084         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8085         return;
8086       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8087         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8088              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8089                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8090                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8091           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8092           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8093         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8094         return;
8095       } else {
8096         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8097         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8098           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8099                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8100             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8101             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8102       }
8103     }
8104 
8105     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8106     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8107     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8108         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8109       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8110       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8111         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8112         return;
8113       }
8114       Init = Result.take();
8115       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8116     }
8117 
8118     QualType DeducedType;
8119     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8120             DAR_Failed)
8121       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8122     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8123       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8124       return;
8125     }
8126     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8127     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8128 
8129     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8130     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8131       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8132 
8133     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8134     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8135     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8136     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8137     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8138         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8139       SourceLocation Loc =
8140           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8141       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8142         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8143     }
8144 
8145     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8146     // the previously declared type.
8147     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8148       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8149       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8150       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8151     }
8152 
8153     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8154     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8155     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8156       return;
8157   }
8158 
8159   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8160   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8161     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8162     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8163     return;
8164   }
8165 
8166   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8167     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8168     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8169     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8170     return;
8171   }
8172 
8173   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8174     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8175     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8176     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8177     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8178     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8179       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8180     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8181                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8182       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8183       return;
8184     }
8185 
8186     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8187     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8188                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8189                                AbstractVariableType))
8190       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8191   }
8192 
8193   const VarDecl *Def;
8194   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8195     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8196       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8197     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8198     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8199     return;
8200   }
8201 
8202   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8203   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8204     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8205     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8206     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8207     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8208     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8209     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8210     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8211     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8212     //
8213     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8214     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8215     // declaration with an initializer.
8216     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8217       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8218           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8219       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8220       return;
8221     }
8222 
8223     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8224       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8225 
8226     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8227       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8228       return;
8229     }
8230   }
8231 
8232   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8233   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8234   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8235     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8236     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8237     return;
8238   }
8239 
8240   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8241   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8242   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8243 
8244   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8245   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8246   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8247       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8248     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8249     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8250       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8251       return;
8252     }
8253     Init = Result.take();
8254   }
8255 
8256   // Perform the initialization.
8257   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8258     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8259     InitializationKind Kind
8260       = DirectInit ?
8261           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8262                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8263                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8264                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8265                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8266                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8267                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8268 
8269     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8270     if (CXXDirectInit)
8271       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8272                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8273 
8274     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8275     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8276     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8277       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8278       return;
8279     }
8280 
8281     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8282   }
8283 
8284   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8285   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8286   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8287   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8288       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8289     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8290   }
8291 
8292   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8293   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8294   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8295   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8296   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8297     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8298 
8299   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8300     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8301 
8302     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8303       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8304 
8305     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8306     // Although this code can still have problems:
8307     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8308     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8309     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8310     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8311     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8312     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8313       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8314         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8315                                  Init->getLocStart());
8316       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8317         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8318     }
8319   }
8320 
8321   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8322   //
8323   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8324   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8325   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8326   //
8327   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8328   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8329   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8330   //
8331   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8332   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8333                                           false,
8334                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8335   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8336     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8337     return;
8338   }
8339   Init = Result.take();
8340 
8341   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8342   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8343 
8344   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8345     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8346     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8347     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8348     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8349       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8350         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8351       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8352       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8353       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8354       // constant expressions.
8355       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8356                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8357                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8358         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8359              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8360           << Init->getSourceRange();
8361     }
8362   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8363              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8364     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8365     //
8366     // struct S {
8367     //   static const int value = 17;
8368     // };
8369 
8370     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8371     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8372     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8373     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8374     //
8375     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8376     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8377     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8378     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8379     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8380     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8381     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8382     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8383     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8384 
8385     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8386     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8387 
8388     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8389     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8390     // type.
8391     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8392 
8393     // Require constness.
8394     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8395       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8396         << Init->getSourceRange();
8397       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8398 
8399     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8400     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8401       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8402       SourceLocation Loc;
8403       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8404         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8405         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8406         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8407       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8408         ; // Nothing to check.
8409       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8410         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8411       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8412         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8413         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8414         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8415           << Init->getSourceRange();
8416       } else {
8417         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8418         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8419         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8420           << Init->getSourceRange();
8421         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8422       }
8423 
8424     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8425     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8426       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8427       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8428       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8429         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8430              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8431             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8432         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8433              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8434             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8435       } else {
8436         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8437           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8438 
8439         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8440           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8441             << Init->getSourceRange();
8442           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8443         }
8444       }
8445 
8446     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8447     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8448       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8449         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8450         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8451       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8452 
8453     } else {
8454       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8455         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8456       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8457     }
8458   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8459     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8460         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8461          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8462            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8463         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8464       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8465 
8466     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8467     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8468       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8469     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8470              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8471              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8472              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8473                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8474       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8475       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8476       //   initialization.
8477       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8478       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8479       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8480         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8481     }
8482   }
8483 
8484   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8485   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8486   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8487   //
8488   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8489   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8490   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8491   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8492   // special case code.
8493 
8494   // C++ 8.5p11:
8495   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8496   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8497   // class type.
8498   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8499     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8500     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8501   } else if (DirectInit) {
8502     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8503     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8504   }
8505 
8506   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8507 }
8508 
8509 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8510 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8511 /// of sanity.
8512 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8513   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8514   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8515   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8516 
8517   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8518   if (!VD) return;
8519 
8520   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8521   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8522     D->setInvalidDecl();
8523     return;
8524   }
8525 
8526   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8527   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8528 
8529   // Require a complete type.
8530   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8531                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8532                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8533     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8534     return;
8535   }
8536 
8537   // Require an abstract type.
8538   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8539                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8540                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8541     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8542     return;
8543   }
8544 
8545   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8546   // though.
8547 }
8548 
8549 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8550                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8551   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8552   if (RealDecl == 0)
8553     return;
8554 
8555   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8556     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8557 
8558     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8559     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8560       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8561         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8562       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8563       return;
8564     }
8565 
8566     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8567     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8568     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8569     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8570     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8571     // member.
8572     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8573       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8574         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8575              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8576           << Var->getDeclName();
8577       else
8578         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8579       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8580       return;
8581     }
8582 
8583     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8584     // be initialized.
8585     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8586         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8587         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8588       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8589       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8590       return;
8591     }
8592 
8593     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8594     case VarDecl::Definition:
8595       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8596         break;
8597 
8598       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8599       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8600       // a declaration.
8601       //
8602       // Fall through
8603 
8604     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8605       // It's only a declaration.
8606 
8607       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8608       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8609       // object shall be complete.
8610       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8611           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8612           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8613                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8614         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8615 
8616       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8617       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8618           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8619                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8620                                  AbstractVariableType))
8621         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8622       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8623           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8624         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8625         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8626       }
8627 
8628       return;
8629 
8630     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8631       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8632       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8633       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8634       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8635       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8636       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8637         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8638                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8639           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8640                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8641                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8642             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8643         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8644           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8645           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8646           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8647           // NOTE: code such as the following
8648           //     static struct s;
8649           //     struct s { int a; };
8650           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8651           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8652           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8653           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8654             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8655                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8656         }
8657       }
8658 
8659       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8660       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8661         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8662       return;
8663     }
8664 
8665     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8666     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8667     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8668       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8669            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8670       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8671       return;
8672     }
8673 
8674     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8675     // definitions with reference type.
8676     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8677       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8678         << Var->getDeclName()
8679         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8680       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8681       return;
8682     }
8683 
8684     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8685     // variable with dependent type.
8686     if (Type->isDependentType())
8687       return;
8688 
8689     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8690       return;
8691 
8692     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8693                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8694                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8695       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8696       return;
8697     }
8698 
8699     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8700     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8701                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8702                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8703       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8704       return;
8705     }
8706 
8707     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8708     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8709     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8710     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8711     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8712     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8713     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8714     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8715     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8716     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8717     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8718       if (const RecordType *Record
8719             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8720         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8721         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8722         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8723         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8724         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8725           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8726       }
8727     }
8728 
8729     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8730     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8731     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8732     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8733     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8734     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8735     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8736     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8737     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8738     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8739     //   program is ill-formed.
8740     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8741     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8742     //   default-initialized; [...].
8743     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8744     InitializationKind Kind
8745       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8746 
8747     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8748     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8749     if (Init.isInvalid())
8750       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8751     else if (Init.get()) {
8752       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8753       // This is important for template substitution.
8754       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8755     }
8756 
8757     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8758   }
8759 }
8760 
8761 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8762   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8763   if (!VD) {
8764     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8765     D->setInvalidDecl();
8766     return;
8767   }
8768 
8769   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8770 
8771   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8772   int Error = -1;
8773   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8774   case SC_None:
8775     break;
8776   case SC_Extern:
8777     Error = 0;
8778     break;
8779   case SC_Static:
8780     Error = 1;
8781     break;
8782   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8783     Error = 2;
8784     break;
8785   case SC_Auto:
8786     Error = 3;
8787     break;
8788   case SC_Register:
8789     Error = 4;
8790     break;
8791   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8792     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8793   }
8794   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8795     Error = 5;
8796   if (Error != -1) {
8797     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8798       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8799     D->setInvalidDecl();
8800   }
8801 }
8802 
8803 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8804   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8805 
8806   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8807   // local retaining variable.
8808   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8809       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8810     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8811     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8812     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8813     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8814       break;
8815 
8816     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8817     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8818       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8819       break;
8820     }
8821   }
8822 
8823   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8824   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8825   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8826   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8827   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8828   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8829       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8830       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8831       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8832                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8833                        var->getLocation())) {
8834     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8835     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8836     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8837       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8838 
8839     if (!prev)
8840       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8841   }
8842 
8843   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8844       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8845     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8846     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8847     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8848     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8849     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8850       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8851   }
8852 
8853   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8854   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8855 
8856   QualType type = var->getType();
8857   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8858 
8859   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8860   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8861     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8862     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8863 
8864     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8865     // constructing this copy.
8866     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8867       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8868       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8869       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8870       ExprResult result
8871         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8872             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8873             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8874       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8875         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8876         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8877         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8878       }
8879     }
8880   }
8881 
8882   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8883   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8884   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8885 
8886   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8887       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8888     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8889         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8890                                             var->getLocation())
8891           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8892       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8893       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8894       // warned about them.
8895       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8896       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8897           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8898         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8899           << Init->getSourceRange();
8900     }
8901 
8902     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8903       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8904       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8905         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8906         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8907         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8908         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8909               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8910           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8911           Notes.clear();
8912         }
8913         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8914           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8915         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8916           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8917       }
8918     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8919       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8920       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8921       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8922       var->checkInitIsICE();
8923     }
8924   }
8925 
8926   // Require the destructor.
8927   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8928     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8929 }
8930 
8931 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8932 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8933 void
8934 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8935   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8936   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8937 
8938   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8939   if (!VD)
8940     return;
8941 
8942   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
8943 
8944   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8945     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8946       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
8947       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8948     }
8949   }
8950 
8951   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8952       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8953     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8954       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8955         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8956             << VD->getDeclName();
8957         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8958         VD->setInvalidDecl();
8959       }
8960     }
8961   }
8962 
8963   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8964   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8965   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8966   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8967     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8968 
8969   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8970     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8971 
8972   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8973   // tag values.
8974   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8975       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8976     return;
8977 
8978   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
8979     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8980     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8981       continue;
8982     }
8983     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8984     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8985       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8986            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8987         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8988       continue;
8989     }
8990     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8991       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8992            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8993         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8994       continue;
8995     }
8996     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8997     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8998                                MagicValue,
8999                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9000                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9001                                I->getMustBeNull());
9002   }
9003 }
9004 
9005 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9006                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9007   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9008 
9009   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9010     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9011 
9012   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
9013   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9014     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9015       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9016         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9017           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9018       Decls.push_back(D);
9019     }
9020 
9021   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9022     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9023       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9024       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9025         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9026     }
9027   }
9028 
9029   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9030 }
9031 
9032 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9033 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9034 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9035 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9036                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9037   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9038   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9039   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9040   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9041   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9042   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9043   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9044   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9045     QualType Deduced;
9046     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9047     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9048     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9049       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9050         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9051         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9052         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9053           break;
9054         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9055         if (!U.isNull()) {
9056           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9057           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9058             Deduced = U;
9059             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9060             DeducedDecl = D;
9061           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9062             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9063                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9064               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9065               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9066               << U << D->getDeclName()
9067               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9068               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9069             D->setInvalidDecl();
9070             break;
9071           }
9072         }
9073       }
9074     }
9075   }
9076 
9077   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9078 
9079   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9080       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9081 }
9082 
9083 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9084   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9085 }
9086 
9087 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9088   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9089   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9090    return;
9091 
9092   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9093                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9094         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9095     return;
9096 
9097   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9098     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9099     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9100     // additional declaration references:
9101     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9102     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9103     //   'struct S *pS;'
9104     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9105     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9106     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9107       Group = Group.slice(1);
9108     }
9109   }
9110 
9111   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9112   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9113   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9114       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9115     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9116     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9117     //
9118     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9119     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9120     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9121     // ahead through comments.
9122     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9123       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9124   }
9125 }
9126 
9127 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9128 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9129 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9130   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9131 
9132   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9133 
9134   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9135   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9136   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9137     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9138   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9139              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9140     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9141   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9142     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9143          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9144     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9145   }
9146 
9147   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9148     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9149       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9150   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9151     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9152       << 0;
9153 
9154   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9155 
9156   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9157   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9158 
9159   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9160     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9161     // parameter.
9162     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9163 
9164     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9165     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9166       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9167         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9168       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9169     }
9170   }
9171 
9172   // Ensure we have a valid name
9173   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9174   if (D.hasName()) {
9175     II = D.getIdentifier();
9176     if (!II) {
9177       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9178         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9179       D.setInvalidType(true);
9180     }
9181   }
9182 
9183   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9184   if (II) {
9185     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9186                    ForRedeclaration);
9187     LookupName(R, S);
9188     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9189       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9190       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9191         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9192         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9193         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9194         PrevDecl = 0;
9195       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9196         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9197         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9198 
9199         // Recover by removing the name
9200         II = 0;
9201         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9202         D.setInvalidType(true);
9203       }
9204     }
9205   }
9206 
9207   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9208   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9209   // looking like class members in C++.
9210   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9211                                     D.getLocStart(),
9212                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9213                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9214                                     StorageClass);
9215 
9216   if (D.isInvalidType())
9217     New->setInvalidDecl();
9218 
9219   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9220   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9221   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9222                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9223 
9224   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9225   S->AddDecl(New);
9226   if (II)
9227     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9228 
9229   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9230 
9231   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9232     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9233       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9234       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9235       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9236 
9237   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9238     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9239   }
9240   return New;
9241 }
9242 
9243 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9244 /// typedef.
9245 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9246                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9247                                               QualType T) {
9248   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9249      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9250      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9251   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9252                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9253                                            SC_None, 0);
9254   Param->setImplicit();
9255   return Param;
9256 }
9257 
9258 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9259                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9260   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9261   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9262   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9263     return;
9264 
9265   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9266     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9267         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9268       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9269         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9270     }
9271   }
9272 }
9273 
9274 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9275                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9276                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9277                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9278   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9279     return;
9280 
9281   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9282   // threshold.
9283   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9284     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9285     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9286       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9287           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9288   }
9289 
9290   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9291   // threshold.
9292   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9293     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9294     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9295       continue;
9296     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9297     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9298       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9299           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9300   }
9301 }
9302 
9303 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9304                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9305                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9306                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9307   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9308   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9309       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9310       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9311 
9312     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9313 
9314     // Special cases for arrays:
9315     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9316     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9317     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9318       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9319         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9320             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9321             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9322       }
9323       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9324     } else {
9325       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9326     }
9327     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9328   }
9329 
9330   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9331                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9332                                          TSInfo,
9333                                          StorageClass, 0);
9334 
9335   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9336   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9337   // the class has been completely parsed.
9338   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9339       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9340                              AbstractParamType))
9341     New->setInvalidDecl();
9342 
9343   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9344   // passed by reference.
9345   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9346     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9347     Diag(NameLoc,
9348          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9349       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9350     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9351     New->setType(T);
9352   }
9353 
9354   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9355   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9356   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9357   // an address space.
9358   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9359     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9360     New->setInvalidDecl();
9361   }
9362 
9363   return New;
9364 }
9365 
9366 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9367                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9368   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9369 
9370   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9371   // for a K&R function.
9372   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9373     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9374       --i;
9375       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) {
9376         SmallString<256> Code;
9377         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9378             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9379         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9380             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9381             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9382 
9383         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9384         // type.
9385         AttributeFactory attrs;
9386         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9387         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9388         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9389         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9390                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9391         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9392         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9393         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9394         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9395         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9396         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9397       }
9398     }
9399   }
9400 }
9401 
9402 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9403   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9404   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9405   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9406 
9407   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9408   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9409   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9410 }
9411 
9412 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9413                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9414   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9415   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9416     return false;
9417 
9418   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9419   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9420     return false;
9421 
9422   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9423   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9424     return false;
9425 
9426   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9427   if (FD->isMain())
9428     return false;
9429 
9430   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9431   if (FD->isInlined())
9432     return false;
9433 
9434   // Don't warn about function templates.
9435   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9436     return false;
9437 
9438   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9439   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9440     return false;
9441 
9442   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9443   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9444     return false;
9445 
9446   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9447   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9448        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9449     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9450     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9451     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9452       continue;
9453 
9454     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9455     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9456       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9457     break;
9458   }
9459 
9460   return MissingPrototype;
9461 }
9462 
9463 void
9464 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9465                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9466   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9467   // was an extern inline function.
9468   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9469   if (!Definition)
9470     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9471       return;
9472 
9473   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9474     return;
9475 
9476   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9477       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9478     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9479         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9480   else
9481     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9482 
9483   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9484   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9485 }
9486 
9487 
9488 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9489                                    Sema &S) {
9490   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9491 
9492   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9493   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9494   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9495   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9496   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9497 
9498   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9499     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9500   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9501     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9502   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9503     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9504   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9505 
9506   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9507   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9508 
9509   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9510   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9511   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9512     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9513       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9514       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9515         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9516       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9517       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9518       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9519           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9520           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9521                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9522           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9523 
9524     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9525       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9526                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9527     }
9528   }
9529 }
9530 
9531 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9532   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9533   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9534 
9535   if (!D)
9536     return D;
9537   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9538 
9539   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9540     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9541   else
9542     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9543   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9544   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9545   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9546   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9547   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9548   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9549   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9550   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9551   // have the LSI properly restored.
9552   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9553     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9554       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9555       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9556     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9557   }
9558   else
9559     // Enter a new function scope
9560     PushFunctionScope();
9561 
9562   // See if this is a redefinition.
9563   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9564     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9565 
9566   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9567   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9568     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9569         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9570       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9571       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9572     }
9573   }
9574 
9575   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9576   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9577   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9578   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9579       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9580       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9581                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9582     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9583 
9584   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9585   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9586   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9587   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9588   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9589   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9590   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9591     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9592 
9593     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9594       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9595       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9596       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9597               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9598         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9599         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9600           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9601                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9602             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9603             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9604       }
9605     }
9606   }
9607 
9608   if (FnBodyScope)
9609     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9610 
9611   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9612   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9613                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9614 
9615   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9616   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9617     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9618 
9619     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9620     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9621       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9622 
9623       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9624     }
9625   }
9626 
9627   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9628   // introduce them into the function scope.
9629   if (FnBodyScope) {
9630     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9631              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9632              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9633          I != E; ++I) {
9634       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9635 
9636       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9637       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9638       // and reattach to the current context.
9639       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9640         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9641         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9642           if (DI == D) {
9643             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9644             break;
9645           }
9646         }
9647         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9648         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9649       }
9650 
9651       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9652       if (!D->getName().empty())
9653         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9654 
9655       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9656       // accessible in this scope.
9657       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9658         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9659           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9660       }
9661     }
9662   }
9663 
9664   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9665   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9666     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9667 
9668   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9669   // dllimport attribute.
9670   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9671   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9672     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9673     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9674     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9675         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9676       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9677            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9678         << DA;
9679       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9680       return D;
9681     }
9682 
9683     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9684     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9685     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9686       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9687       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9688       // emitted.
9689       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9690            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9691         << FD << DA;
9692     }
9693   }
9694   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9695   // a function template).
9696   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9697   return D;
9698 }
9699 
9700 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9701 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9702 /// optimization.
9703 ///
9704 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9705 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9706 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9707 /// use the named return value optimization.
9708 ///
9709 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9710 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9711 /// the NRVO variable.
9712 ///
9713 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9714 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9715 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9716 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9717   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9718 
9719   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9720   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9721     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9722       return;
9723 
9724     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9725       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9726     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9727       return;
9728   }
9729 
9730   if (NRVOCandidate)
9731     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9732 }
9733 
9734 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
9735   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
9736   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9737     return false;
9738 
9739   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
9740   // return type (yet).
9741   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
9742     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
9743     // we can still delay parsing it.
9744     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
9745       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
9746       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
9747           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
9748         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
9749         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
9750       }
9751     }
9752     return false;
9753   }
9754 
9755   return true;
9756 }
9757 
9758 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9759   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9760   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9761   // rest of the file.
9762   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9763   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9764   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9765     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9766       return false;
9767   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9768 }
9769 
9770 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9771   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9772     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9773   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9774     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9775   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9776 }
9777 
9778 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9779   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9780 }
9781 
9782 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9783                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9784   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9785 
9786   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9787   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9788 
9789   if (FD) {
9790     FD->setBody(Body);
9791 
9792     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9793         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9794       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9795       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9796       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9797       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9798         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9799             << FD->getReturnType();
9800         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9801       } else {
9802         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9803         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9804             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9805         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9806             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9807       }
9808     }
9809 
9810     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9811     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9812     // is the first declaration.
9813     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9814       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9815         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9816       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9817                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9818                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9819         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9820     }
9821 
9822     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9823     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9824     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9825       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9826 
9827     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9828     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9829     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9830       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9831 
9832     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9833       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9834       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9835                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9836 
9837       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9838       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9839         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9840 
9841       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9842       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9843       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9844       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9845           !FD->isDependentContext())
9846         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9847     }
9848 
9849     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9850            "Function parsing confused");
9851   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9852     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9853     MD->setBody(Body);
9854     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9855       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9856       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9857                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9858 
9859       if (Body)
9860         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9861     }
9862     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9863       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9864         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9865       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9866     }
9867     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9868       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9869       bool isDesignated =
9870           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9871       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9872       (void)isDesignated;
9873       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
9874       if (!MD->isUnavailable()) {
9875         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9876              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9877         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9878              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9879       }
9880       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9881     }
9882     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9883       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
9884       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
9885         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9886       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9887     }
9888   } else {
9889     return 0;
9890   }
9891 
9892   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9893          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9894          "handled in the block above.");
9895 
9896   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9897   if (Body) {
9898     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9899     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9900     // Verify this.
9901     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9902       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9903 
9904     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9905     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9906         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9907         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9908         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9909       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9910 
9911     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9912       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9913         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9914 
9915       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9916                                              Destructor->getParent());
9917     }
9918 
9919     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9920     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9921     // deletion in some later function.
9922     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9923         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9924       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9925     }
9926     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9927         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9928       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9929       // enabled.
9930       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9931     }
9932 
9933     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9934         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9935          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9936       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9937 
9938     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9939     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9940     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9941            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9942   }
9943 
9944   if (!IsInstantiation)
9945     PopDeclContext();
9946 
9947   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9948   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9949   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9950   // deletion in some later function.
9951   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9952     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9953   }
9954 
9955   return dcl;
9956 }
9957 
9958 
9959 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9960 /// relevant Decl.
9961 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9962                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9963   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9964   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9965     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9966   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9967 
9968   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9969     if (Method->isStatic())
9970       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9971 }
9972 
9973 
9974 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9975 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9976 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9977                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9978   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9979   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9980   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9981   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9982   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9983     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9984     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9985     return ExternCPrev;
9986   }
9987 
9988   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9989   unsigned diag_id;
9990   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9991     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9992   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9993     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9994   else
9995     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9996   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9997 
9998   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9999   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10000   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10001     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10002     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10003     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10004                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
10005       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10006                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10007   }
10008 
10009   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10010   const char *Dummy;
10011   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10012   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10013   unsigned DiagID;
10014   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10015                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10016   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10017   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10018   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10019   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10020   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10021                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10022                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10023                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
10024                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
10025                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10026                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10027                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10028                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10029                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10030                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10031                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10032                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10033                                              EST_None,
10034                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10035                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
10036                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
10037                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10038                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
10039                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10040                 DS.getAttributes(),
10041                 SourceLocation());
10042   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10043 
10044   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10045 
10046   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10047   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10048 
10049   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10050   FD->setImplicit();
10051 
10052   CurContext = PrevDC;
10053 
10054   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10055 
10056   return FD;
10057 }
10058 
10059 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10060 /// the declaration of this function.
10061 ///
10062 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10063 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10064 /// like NSLog or printf.
10065 ///
10066 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10067 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10068 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10069   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10070     return;
10071 
10072   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10073   // actual attributes.
10074   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10075     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10076     unsigned FormatIdx;
10077     bool HasVAListArg;
10078     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10079       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10080         const char *fmt = "printf";
10081         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10082         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10083             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10084           fmt = "NSString";
10085         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10086                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10087                                                FormatIdx+1,
10088                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10089                                                FD->getLocation()));
10090       }
10091     }
10092     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10093                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10094      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10095        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10096                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10097                                               FormatIdx+1,
10098                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10099                                               FD->getLocation()));
10100     }
10101 
10102     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10103     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10104     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10105     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10106         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10107       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10108         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10109     }
10110 
10111     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10112         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10113       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10114                                          FD->getLocation()));
10115     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10116       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10117     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10118       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10119   }
10120 
10121   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10122   if (!Name)
10123     return;
10124   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10125        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10126       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10127        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10128        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10129     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10130     // about.
10131   } else
10132     return;
10133 
10134   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10135     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10136     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10137     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10138       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10139                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10140                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10141                                              FD->getLocation()));
10142   }
10143 
10144   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10145     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10146     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10147     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10148       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10149                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10150   }
10151 }
10152 
10153 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10154                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10155   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10156   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10157 
10158   if (!TInfo) {
10159     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10160     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10161   }
10162 
10163   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10164   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10165                                            D.getLocStart(),
10166                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10167                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10168                                            TInfo);
10169 
10170   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10171   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10172     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10173     return NewTD;
10174   }
10175 
10176   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10177     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10178       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10179         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10180         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10181         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10182     else
10183       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10184   }
10185 
10186   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10187   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10188   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10189   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10190   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10191   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10192   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10193   case TST_enum:
10194   case TST_struct:
10195   case TST_interface:
10196   case TST_union:
10197   case TST_class: {
10198     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10199 
10200     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10201     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10202     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10203     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10204 
10205     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10206     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10207 
10208     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10209     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10210       break;
10211 
10212     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10213     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10214     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10215     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10216     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10217     // for how to handle it.
10218     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10219       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10220 
10221       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10222       tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(),
10223                                           getLangOpts());
10224 
10225       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10226       textToInsert += ' ';
10227       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10228       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10229         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10230       break;
10231     }
10232 
10233     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10234     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10235     break;
10236   }
10237 
10238   default:
10239     break;
10240   }
10241 
10242   return NewTD;
10243 }
10244 
10245 
10246 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10247 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10248   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10249   QualType T = TI->getType();
10250 
10251   if (T->isDependentType())
10252     return false;
10253 
10254   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10255     if (BT->isInteger())
10256       return false;
10257 
10258   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10259   return true;
10260 }
10261 
10262 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10263 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10264 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10265                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10266                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10267   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10268 
10269   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10270     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10271       << Prev->isScoped();
10272     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10273     return true;
10274   }
10275 
10276   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10277     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10278         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10279         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10280                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10281       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10282       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10283         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10284       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10285           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10286       return true;
10287     }
10288   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10289     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10290       << Prev->isFixed();
10291     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10292     return true;
10293   }
10294 
10295   return false;
10296 }
10297 
10298 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10299 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10300 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10301 ///
10302 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10303 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10304   switch (Tag) {
10305   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10306   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10307   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10308   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10309   }
10310 }
10311 
10312 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10313 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10314 ///
10315 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10316 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10317 {
10318   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10319 }
10320 
10321 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10322 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10323 ///
10324 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10325 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10326                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10327                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10328                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10329   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10330   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10331   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10332   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10333   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10334   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10335   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10336   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10337   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10338   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10339   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10340   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10341   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10342   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10343   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10344     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10345       return true;
10346 
10347   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10348     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10349     bool isTemplate = false;
10350     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10351       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10352 
10353     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10354       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10355       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10356       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10357         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10358         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10359       return true;
10360     }
10361 
10362     if (isDefinition) {
10363       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10364       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10365       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10366         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10367         return true;
10368       }
10369 
10370       bool previousMismatch = false;
10371       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10372         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10373           if (!previousMismatch) {
10374             previousMismatch = true;
10375             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10376               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10377               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10378           }
10379           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10380             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10381             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10382                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10383         }
10384       }
10385       return true;
10386     }
10387 
10388     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10389     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10390     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10391     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10392                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10393     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10394       return true;
10395     }
10396 
10397     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10398       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10399       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10400     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10401 
10402     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10403     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10404         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10405           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10406           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10407                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10408     }
10409 
10410     return true;
10411   }
10412   return false;
10413 }
10414 
10415 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10416 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10417 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10418 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10419 ///
10420 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10421 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10422 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10423                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10424                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10425                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10426                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10427                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10428                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10429                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10430                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10431                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10432                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10433   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10434   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10435   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10436          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10437   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10438 
10439   OwnedDecl = false;
10440   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10441   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10442 
10443   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10444   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10445   bool Invalid = false;
10446 
10447   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10448   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10449   // for non-C++ cases.
10450   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10451       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10452     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10453             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10454                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10455                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10456       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10457         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10458         return 0;
10459       }
10460 
10461       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10462         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10463         // be a member of another template).
10464 
10465         if (Invalid)
10466           return 0;
10467 
10468         OwnedDecl = false;
10469         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10470                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10471                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10472                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10473                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10474                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10475         return Result.get();
10476       } else {
10477         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10478         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10479           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10480         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10481       }
10482     }
10483   }
10484 
10485   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10486   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10487   // redeclaration.
10488   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10489 
10490   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10491     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10492       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10493       // type, default to int.
10494       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10495     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10496       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10497       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10498       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10499       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10500       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10501 
10502       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10503         // Recover by falling back to int.
10504         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10505 
10506       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10507                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10508         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10509 
10510     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10511       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10512       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10513   }
10514 
10515   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10516   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10517   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10518 
10519   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10520   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10521     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10522 
10523   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10524   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10525   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10526     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10527 
10528     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10529     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10530       Name = 0;
10531       goto CreateNewDecl;
10532     }
10533 
10534     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10535     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10536     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10537       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10538       if (!DC) {
10539         IsDependent = true;
10540         return 0;
10541       }
10542     } else {
10543       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10544       if (!DC) {
10545         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10546           << SS.getRange();
10547         return 0;
10548       }
10549     }
10550 
10551     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10552       return 0;
10553 
10554     SearchDC = DC;
10555     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10556     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10557 
10558     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10559       return 0;
10560 
10561     if (Previous.empty()) {
10562       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10563       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10564       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10565       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10566       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10567       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10568       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10569           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10570         IsDependent = true;
10571         return 0;
10572       }
10573 
10574       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10575       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10576         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10577       Name = 0;
10578       Invalid = true;
10579       goto CreateNewDecl;
10580     }
10581   } else if (Name) {
10582     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10583     // declaration or definition.
10584     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10585     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10586     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10587     LookupName(Previous, S);
10588 
10589     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10590     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10591     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10592         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10593       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10594       while (F.hasNext()) {
10595         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10596         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10597           F.erase();
10598       }
10599       F.done();
10600     }
10601 
10602     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10603     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10604     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10605     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10606     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10607     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10608     //
10609     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10610     // semantic context?
10611     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10612       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10613       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10614       while (F.hasNext()) {
10615         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10616         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10617         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10618             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10619           F.erase();
10620           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10621         }
10622       }
10623       F.done();
10624     }
10625 
10626     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10627     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10628       return 0;
10629 
10630     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10631       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10632       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10633       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10634       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10635       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10636         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10637     }
10638   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10639     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10640     // initial context to the translation unit.
10641     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10642     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10643   }
10644 
10645   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10646       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10647     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10648     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10649     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10650     Previous.clear();
10651   }
10652 
10653   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10654       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10655     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10656     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10657 
10658     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10659       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10660       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10661       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10662       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10663     }
10664   }
10665 
10666   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10667   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10668   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10669   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10670   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10671       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10672     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10673     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10674 
10675     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10676       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10677       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10678       //
10679       //          class-key identifier
10680       //
10681       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10682       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10683       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10684       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10685       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10686       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10687       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10688       //      declaration.
10689       //
10690       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10691       // C structs and unions.
10692       //
10693       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10694       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10695       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10696       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10697       //
10698       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10699       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10700       //
10701       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10702       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10703       // lexical context,
10704       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10705         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10706 
10707       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10708       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10709              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10710               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10711              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10712              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10713         S = S->getParent();
10714     } else {
10715       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10716       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10717       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10718       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10719       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10720       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10721     }
10722 
10723     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10724     // diagnose some problems.
10725     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10726       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10727       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10728     }
10729   }
10730 
10731   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10732     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10733     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10734         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10735 
10736     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10737     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10738     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10739     // in C++.
10740     //
10741     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10742     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10743     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10744     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10745     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10746       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10747         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10748           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10749           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10750               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10751                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10752             PrevDecl = Tag;
10753             Previous.clear();
10754             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10755             Previous.resolveKind();
10756           }
10757         }
10758       }
10759     }
10760 
10761     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10762       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10763       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10764       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10765       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10766           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10767                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10768         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10769         // struct or something similar.
10770         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10771                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10772                                           *Name)) {
10773           bool SafeToContinue
10774             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10775                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10776           if (SafeToContinue)
10777             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10778               << Name
10779               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10780                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10781           else
10782             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10783           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10784 
10785           if (SafeToContinue)
10786             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10787           else {
10788             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10789             Name = 0;
10790             Previous.clear();
10791             Invalid = true;
10792           }
10793         }
10794 
10795         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10796           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10797 
10798           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10799           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10800           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10801             if (ScopedEnum)
10802               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10803                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10804                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10805             return PrevTagDecl;
10806           }
10807 
10808           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10809           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10810             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10811           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10812             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10813 
10814           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10815           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10816           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10817           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10818                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10819             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10820         }
10821 
10822         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10823         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10824         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10825         //   and then later defined.
10826         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10827             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10828           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10829           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10830         }
10831 
10832         if (!Invalid) {
10833           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10834 
10835           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10836           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10837           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10838           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10839           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10840                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10841             return PrevTagDecl;
10842 
10843           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10844           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10845             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10846               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10847               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10848               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10849               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10850               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10851                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10852                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10853                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10854                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10855                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10856                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10857                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10858                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10859               }
10860 
10861               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10862                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10863                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10864                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10865                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10866                 else
10867                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10868                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10869                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10870                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10871                 // references get the previous definition.
10872                 Name = 0;
10873                 Previous.clear();
10874                 Invalid = true;
10875               }
10876             } else {
10877               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10878               // about a nested redefinition.
10879               const TagType *Tag
10880                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10881               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10882                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10883                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10884                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10885                 Name = 0;
10886                 Previous.clear();
10887                 Invalid = true;
10888               }
10889             }
10890 
10891             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10892             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10893           }
10894         }
10895         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10896         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10897 
10898       } else {
10899         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10900         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10901         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10902         // have distinct types.
10903         Previous.clear();
10904       }
10905       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10906       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10907       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10908 
10909 
10910     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10911     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10912     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10913     } else {
10914       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10915       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10916       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10917       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10918           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10919         unsigned Kind = 0;
10920         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10921         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10922         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10923         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10924         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10925         Invalid = true;
10926 
10927       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10928       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10929                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10930         // do nothing
10931 
10932       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10933       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10934         unsigned Kind = 0;
10935         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10936         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10937         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10938         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10939         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10940         Invalid = true;
10941 
10942       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10943       // case here.
10944       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10945         unsigned Kind = 0;
10946         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10947         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10948           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10949         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10950         Invalid = true;
10951 
10952       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10953       } else {
10954         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10955         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10956         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10957         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10958         Name = 0;
10959         Invalid = true;
10960       }
10961 
10962       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10963       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10964       Previous.clear();
10965     }
10966   }
10967 
10968 CreateNewDecl:
10969 
10970   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10971   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10972     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10973 
10974   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10975   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10976   // keyword.
10977   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10978 
10979   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10980   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10981   // PrevDecl.
10982   TagDecl *New;
10983 
10984   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10985   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10986     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10987     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10988     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10989                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10990                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10991     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10992     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10993       TagDecl *Def;
10994       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10995           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10996         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10997         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10998       }
10999       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11000         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11001           << New;
11002         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11003       } else {
11004         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11005         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11006           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11007         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11008           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11009         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11010 
11011         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11012         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11013         // the declaration context.
11014         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11015           IsForwardReference = true;
11016       }
11017     }
11018 
11019     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11020       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11021       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11022         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11023       else
11024         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11025       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11026     }
11027 
11028   } else {
11029     // struct/union/class
11030 
11031     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11032     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11033     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11034       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11035       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11036                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11037 
11038       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11039         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11040     } else
11041       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11042                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11043   }
11044 
11045   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11046   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11047   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11048     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11049       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11050     Invalid = true;
11051   }
11052 
11053   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11054   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11055     if (SS.isSet()) {
11056       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11057       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11058       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11059       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11060       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11061       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11062           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11063           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11064         Invalid = true;
11065 
11066       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11067       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11068         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11069                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11070                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11071       }
11072     }
11073     else
11074       Invalid = true;
11075   }
11076 
11077   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11078     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11079     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11080     //
11081     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11082     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11083     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11084     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11085     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11086     // parsing of the struct).
11087     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11088       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11089       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11090     }
11091   }
11092 
11093   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11094     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11095       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11096         << 2
11097         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11098     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11099     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11100     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11101     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11102       New->setModulePrivate();
11103   }
11104 
11105   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11106   // check the specialization.
11107   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11108     Invalid = true;
11109 
11110   if (Invalid)
11111     New->setInvalidDecl();
11112 
11113   if (Attr)
11114     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11115 
11116   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11117   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11118   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11119   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11120       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11121     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11122     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11123   }
11124 
11125   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11126   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11127   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11128 
11129   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11130   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11131   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11132   // the tag name visible.
11133   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11134     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11135                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11136 
11137   // Set the access specifier.
11138   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11139     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11140 
11141   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11142     New->startDefinition();
11143 
11144   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11145   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11146     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11147     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11148     if (PrevDecl)
11149       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11150 
11151     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11152     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11153     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11154       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11155         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11156   } else if (Name) {
11157     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11158     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11159     if (IsForwardReference)
11160       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11161 
11162   } else {
11163     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11164   }
11165 
11166   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11167   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11168     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11169         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11170         II->isStr("FILE"))
11171       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11172 
11173   if (PrevDecl)
11174     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11175 
11176   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11177   // record.
11178   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11179 
11180   OwnedDecl = true;
11181   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11182   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11183   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11184 }
11185 
11186 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11187   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11188   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11189 
11190   // Enter the tag context.
11191   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11192 
11193   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11194 
11195   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11196   // record.
11197   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11198 }
11199 
11200 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11201   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11202          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11203   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11204   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11205       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11206   CurContext = OCD;
11207   return IDecl;
11208 }
11209 
11210 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11211                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11212                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11213                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11214   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11215   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11216 
11217   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11218 
11219   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11220     return;
11221 
11222   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11223     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11224                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11225 
11226   // C++ [class]p2:
11227   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11228   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11229   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11230   //   as if it were a public member name.
11231   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11232     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11233                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11234                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11235                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11236                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11237   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11238   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11239   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11240   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11241       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11242   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11243   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11244          "Broken injected-class-name");
11245 }
11246 
11247 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11248                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11249   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11250   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11251   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11252 
11253   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11254   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11255     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11256     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11257       RD->completeDefinition();
11258   }
11259 
11260   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11261     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11262 
11263   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11264   PopDeclContext();
11265 
11266   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11267       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11268     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11269 
11270   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11271   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11272     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11273 }
11274 
11275 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11276   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11277   PopDeclContext();
11278 }
11279 
11280 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11281   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11282   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11283   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11284 }
11285 
11286 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11287   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11288   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11289 }
11290 
11291 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11292   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11293   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11294   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11295 
11296   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11297   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11298     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11299       RD->completeDefinition();
11300   }
11301 
11302   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11303   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11304   // the FieldCollector.
11305 
11306   PopDeclContext();
11307 }
11308 
11309 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11310 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11311                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11312                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11313                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11314   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11315   if (ZeroWidth)
11316     *ZeroWidth = true;
11317 
11318   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11319   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11320   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11321     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11322     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11323       return ExprError();
11324     if (FieldName)
11325       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11326         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11327     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11328       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11329   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11330                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11331     return ExprError();
11332 
11333   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11334   // it now.
11335   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11336     return Owned(BitWidth);
11337 
11338   llvm::APSInt Value;
11339   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11340   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11341     return ICE;
11342   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11343 
11344   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11345     *ZeroWidth = false;
11346 
11347   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11348   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11349     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11350 
11351   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11352     if (FieldName)
11353       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11354                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11355     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11356       << Value.toString(10);
11357   }
11358 
11359   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11360     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11361     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11362       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11363           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11364         if (FieldName)
11365           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11366             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11367             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11368 
11369         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11370           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11371       }
11372 
11373       if (FieldName)
11374         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11375           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11376           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11377       else
11378         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11379           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11380     }
11381   }
11382 
11383   return Owned(BitWidth);
11384 }
11385 
11386 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11387 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11388 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11389                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11390   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11391                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11392                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11393   return Res;
11394 }
11395 
11396 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11397 ///
11398 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11399                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11400                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11401                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11402                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11403   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11404   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11405   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11406 
11407   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11408   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11409   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11410     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11411 
11412     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11413                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11414       D.setInvalidType();
11415       T = Context.IntTy;
11416       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11417     }
11418   }
11419 
11420   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11421   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11422     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11423     D.setInvalidType();
11424   }
11425 
11426   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11427   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11428   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11429     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11430     D.setInvalidType();
11431   }
11432 
11433   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11434 
11435   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11436     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11437          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11438       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11439 
11440   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11441   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11442   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11443   LookupName(Previous, S);
11444   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11445     case LookupResult::Found:
11446     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11447       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11448       break;
11449 
11450     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11451       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11452       break;
11453 
11454     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11455     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11456     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11457       break;
11458   }
11459   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11460 
11461   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11462     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11463     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11464     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11465     PrevDecl = 0;
11466   }
11467 
11468   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11469     PrevDecl = 0;
11470 
11471   bool Mutable
11472     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11473   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11474   FieldDecl *NewFD
11475     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11476                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11477 
11478   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11479     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11480 
11481   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11482     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11483 
11484   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11485     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11486     // with the same name in the same scope.
11487   } else if (II) {
11488     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11489   } else
11490     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11491 
11492   return NewFD;
11493 }
11494 
11495 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11496 ///
11497 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11498 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11499 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11500 /// created.
11501 ///
11502 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11503 ///
11504 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11505 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11506                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11507                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11508                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11509                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11510                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11511                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11512                                 Declarator *D) {
11513   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11514   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11515   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11516 
11517   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11518   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11519   if (T.isNull()) {
11520     InvalidDecl = true;
11521     T = Context.IntTy;
11522   }
11523 
11524   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11525   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11526     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11527       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11528       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11529       InvalidDecl = true;
11530     } else {
11531       NamedDecl *Def;
11532       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11533       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11534         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11535         InvalidDecl = true;
11536       }
11537     }
11538   }
11539 
11540   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11541   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11542     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11543     InvalidDecl = true;
11544   }
11545 
11546   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11547   // than a variably modified type.
11548   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11549     bool SizeIsNegative;
11550     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11551 
11552     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11553       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11554                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11555                                                     Oversized);
11556     if (FixedTInfo) {
11557       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11558       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11559       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11560     } else {
11561       if (SizeIsNegative)
11562         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11563       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11564         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11565           << Oversized.toString(10);
11566       else
11567         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11568       InvalidDecl = true;
11569     }
11570   }
11571 
11572   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11573   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11574                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11575                                              AbstractFieldType))
11576     InvalidDecl = true;
11577 
11578   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11579   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11580   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11581     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11582                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11583     if (!BitWidth) {
11584       InvalidDecl = true;
11585       BitWidth = 0;
11586       ZeroWidth = false;
11587     }
11588   }
11589 
11590   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11591   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11592     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11593     if (T->isReferenceType())
11594       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11595     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11596       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11597 
11598     if (DiagID) {
11599       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11600       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11601         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11602       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11603       Mutable = false;
11604       InvalidDecl = true;
11605     }
11606   }
11607 
11608   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11609   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11610   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11611   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11612     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11613 
11614   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11615                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11616   if (InvalidDecl)
11617     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11618 
11619   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11620     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11621     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11622     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11623   }
11624 
11625   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11626     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11627       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11628         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11629         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11630           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11631           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11632           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11633           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11634           // objects.
11635           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11636             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11637         }
11638       }
11639 
11640       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11641       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11642       // enabled.
11643       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11644         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11645                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11646                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11647           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11648         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11649           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11650       }
11651     }
11652   }
11653 
11654   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11655   // representation, not a parser representation.
11656   if (D) {
11657     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11658     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11659 
11660     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11661       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11662   }
11663 
11664   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11665   // retainable type.
11666   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11667     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11668 
11669   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11670     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11671 
11672   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11673   return NewFD;
11674 }
11675 
11676 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11677   assert(FD);
11678   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11679 
11680   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11681     return false;
11682 
11683   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11684   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11685     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11686     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11687       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11688       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11689       // copy constructors.
11690 
11691       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11692       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11693       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11694       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11695       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11696       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11697       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11698         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11699       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11700         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11701       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11702         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11703       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11704         member = CXXDestructor;
11705 
11706       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11707         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11708             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11709           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11710           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11711           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11712           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11713           // members unavailable.
11714           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11715           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11716             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11717               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11718                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11719                                   Loc));
11720             return false;
11721           }
11722         }
11723 
11724         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11725                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11726                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11727           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11728         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11729         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11730       }
11731     }
11732   }
11733 
11734   return false;
11735 }
11736 
11737 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11738 ///  AST enum value.
11739 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11740 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11741   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11742   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11743   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11744   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11745   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11746   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11747   }
11748 }
11749 
11750 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11751 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11752 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11753                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11754                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11755                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11756 
11757   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11758   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11759   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11760   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11761 
11762   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11763   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11764 
11765   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11766   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11767 
11768   if (BitWidth) {
11769     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11770     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11771     if (!BitWidth)
11772       D.setInvalidType();
11773   } else {
11774     // Not a bitfield.
11775 
11776     // validate II.
11777 
11778   }
11779   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11780     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11781     D.setInvalidType();
11782   }
11783   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11784   // than a variably modified type.
11785   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11786     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11787     D.setInvalidType();
11788   }
11789 
11790   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11791   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11792     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11793                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11794   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11795   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11796   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11797     return 0;
11798   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11799   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11800       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11801     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11802     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11803       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11804       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11805     }
11806     else
11807       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11808   } else {
11809     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11810         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11811       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11812         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11813         return 0;
11814       }
11815     }
11816     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11817   }
11818 
11819   // Construct the decl.
11820   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11821                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11822                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11823 
11824   if (II) {
11825     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11826                                            ForRedeclaration);
11827     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11828         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11829       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11830       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11831       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11832     }
11833   }
11834 
11835   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11836   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11837 
11838   if (D.isInvalidType())
11839     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11840 
11841   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11842   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11843     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11844 
11845   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11846     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11847 
11848   if (II) {
11849     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11850     // these to the interface.
11851     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11852     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11853   }
11854 
11855   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11856       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11857     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11858 
11859   return NewID;
11860 }
11861 
11862 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11863 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11864 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11865 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11866 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11867                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11868   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11869     return;
11870 
11871   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11872   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11873 
11874   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11875     return;
11876   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11877   if (!ID) {
11878     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11879       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11880         return;
11881     }
11882     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11883     else
11884       return;
11885   }
11886   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11887   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11888   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11889 
11890   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11891                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11892                               Context.CharTy,
11893                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11894                                                                DeclLoc),
11895                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11896                               true);
11897   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11898 }
11899 
11900 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11901                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11902                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11903   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11904 
11905   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11906   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11907   // it will now change.
11908   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11909     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11910     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11911     default: break;
11912     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11913       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11914       break;
11915     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11916       Context.
11917         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11918       break;
11919     }
11920   }
11921 
11922   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11923 
11924   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11925   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11926   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11927   if (Record) {
11928     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
11929       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
11930         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11931           ++NumNamedMembers;
11932     }
11933   }
11934 
11935   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11936   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11937 
11938   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11939   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11940        i != end; ++i) {
11941     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11942 
11943     // Get the type for the field.
11944     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11945 
11946     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11947       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11948       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11949     }
11950 
11951     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11952     // diagnostics about it.
11953     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11954       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11955       continue;
11956     }
11957 
11958     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11959     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11960     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11961     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11962     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11963     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11964     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11965     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11966     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11967     //   array.
11968     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11969       // Field declared as a function.
11970       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11971         << FD->getDeclName();
11972       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11973       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11974       continue;
11975     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11976                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11977                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11978                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11979                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11980       // Flexible array member.
11981       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11982       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11983       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11984       unsigned DiagID = 0;
11985       if (Record->isUnion())
11986         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11987                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
11988                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11989                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
11990                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
11991       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11992         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11993                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
11994                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11995                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
11996                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
11997                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
11998                                  : 0;
11999 
12000       if (DiagID)
12001         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12002                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12003       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12004       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12005       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12006       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12007       // of the type.
12008       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12009         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12010           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12011             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12012       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12013         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12014           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12015 
12016       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12017       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12018       //
12019       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12020       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12021       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12022       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12023         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12024           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12025         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12026         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12027         continue;
12028       }
12029       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12030       if (Record)
12031         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12032     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12033                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12034                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12035       // Incomplete type
12036       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12037       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12038       continue;
12039     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12040       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12041         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12042         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12043           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12044         } else {
12045           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12046           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12047           // structures.
12048           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12049             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12050               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12051           else {
12052             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12053             // other structs as an extension.
12054             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12055               << FD->getDeclName();
12056             if (Record)
12057               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12058           }
12059         }
12060       }
12061       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12062           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12063                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12064                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12065         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12066         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12067       }
12068       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12069         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12070       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12071         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12072     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12073       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12074       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12075         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12076       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12077       FD->setType(T);
12078     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12079                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12080       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12081       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12082       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12083       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12084       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12085       QualType T = FD->getType();
12086       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12087       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12088         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12089         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12090           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12091             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12092                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12093                               loc));
12094           }
12095         } else {
12096           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12097             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12098         }
12099         ARCErrReported = true;
12100       }
12101     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12102                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12103                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12104       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12105           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12106         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12107       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12108         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12109         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12110             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12111           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12112         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12113                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12114                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12115       }
12116     }
12117     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12118       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12119     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12120     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12121       ++NumNamedMembers;
12122   }
12123 
12124   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12125   if (Record) {
12126     bool Completed = false;
12127     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12128       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12129         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12130         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12131                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12132                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12133           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12134 
12135         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12136           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12137             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12138             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12139               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12140                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12141           }
12142 
12143           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12144           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12145 
12146           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12147           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12148           // problem now.
12149           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12150             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12151             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12152 
12153             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12154                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12155                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12156               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12157                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12158                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12159                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12160                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12161                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12162                   continue;
12163 
12164                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12165                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12166                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12167                 //   program is ill-formed.
12168                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12169                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12170                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12171                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12172                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12173                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12174                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12175                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12176                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12177                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12178 
12179                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12180               }
12181             }
12182             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12183             Completed = true;
12184           }
12185         }
12186       }
12187     }
12188 
12189     if (!Completed)
12190       Record->completeDefinition();
12191 
12192     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12193       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12194 
12195       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12196         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12197                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12198                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12199     }
12200 
12201     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12202     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12203     // compatibility problems.
12204     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12205     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12206       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12207     } else {
12208       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12209       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12210       CheckForZeroSize =
12211           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12212           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12213           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12214     }
12215     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12216       bool ZeroSize = true;
12217       bool IsEmpty = true;
12218       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12219       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12220                                       E = Record->field_end();
12221            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12222         IsEmpty = false;
12223         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12224           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12225             ZeroSize = false;
12226         } else {
12227           ++NonBitFields;
12228           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12229           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12230               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12231             ZeroSize = false;
12232         }
12233       }
12234 
12235       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12236       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12237       // extern "C" block.
12238       if (ZeroSize) {
12239         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12240                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12241                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12242           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12243       }
12244 
12245       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12246       // but are accepted by GCC.
12247       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12248         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12249                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12250           << Record->isUnion();
12251       }
12252     }
12253   } else {
12254     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12255       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12256     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12257       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12258       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12259       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12260         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12261         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12262       }
12263       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12264       // duplicates.
12265       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12266         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12267     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12268                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12269       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12270       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12271         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12272         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12273         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12274       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12275       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12276       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12277     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12278                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12279       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12280       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12281       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12282       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12283       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12284       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12285       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12286       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12287         if (IDecl) {
12288           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12289               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12290             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12291                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12292             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12293             continue;
12294           }
12295           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12296             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12297                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12298               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12299                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12300               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12301               continue;
12302             }
12303           }
12304         }
12305         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12306         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12307       }
12308       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12309       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12310     }
12311   }
12312 
12313   if (Attr)
12314     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12315 }
12316 
12317 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12318 /// the given type T.
12319 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12320                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12321                                         QualType T) {
12322   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12323   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12324 
12325   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12326     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12327       --BitWidth;
12328     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12329   }
12330   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12331 }
12332 
12333 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12334 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12335 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12336   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12337   // enum checking below.
12338   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12339   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12340   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12341     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12342   };
12343   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12344     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12345     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12346   };
12347 
12348   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12349   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12350                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12351   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12352     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12353       return Types[I];
12354 
12355   return QualType();
12356 }
12357 
12358 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12359                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12360                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12361                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12362                                           Expr *Val) {
12363   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12364   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12365   QualType EltTy;
12366 
12367   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12368     Val = 0;
12369 
12370   if (Val)
12371     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12372 
12373   if (Val) {
12374     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12375       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12376     else {
12377       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12378       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12379           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12380         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12381         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12382         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12383         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12384         ExprResult Converted =
12385           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12386                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12387         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12388           Val = 0;
12389         else
12390           Val = Converted.take();
12391       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12392                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12393                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12394         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12395       } else {
12396         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12397           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12398 
12399           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12400           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12401           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12402           // expression checking.
12403           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12404             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12405               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12406               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12407             } else
12408               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12409           } else
12410             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12411         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12412           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12413           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12414           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12415           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12416           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12417           EltTy = Val->getType();
12418         } else {
12419           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12420           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12421           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12422           //   representable as an int.
12423 
12424           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12425           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12426             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12427               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12428               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12429           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12430             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12431             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12432           }
12433           EltTy = Val->getType();
12434         }
12435       }
12436     }
12437   }
12438 
12439   if (!Val) {
12440     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12441       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12442     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12443       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12444       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12445       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12446       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12447       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12448       //
12449       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12450       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12451       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12452         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12453       }
12454       else {
12455         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12456       }
12457     } else {
12458       // Assign the last value + 1.
12459       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12460       ++EnumVal;
12461       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12462 
12463       // Check for overflow on increment.
12464       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12465         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12466         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12467         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12468         //
12469         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12470         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12471         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12472         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12473         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12474         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12475         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12476         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12477           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12478           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12479           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12480           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12481           ++EnumVal;
12482           if (Enum->isFixed())
12483             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12484             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12485               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12486               << EltTy;
12487           else
12488             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12489               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12490         } else {
12491           EltTy = T;
12492         }
12493 
12494         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12495         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12496         // value, then increment.
12497         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12498         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12499         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12500         ++EnumVal;
12501 
12502         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12503         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12504         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12505         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12506         // integral type.
12507         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12508           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12509       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12510                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12511         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12512         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12513           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12514       }
12515     }
12516   }
12517 
12518   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12519     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12520     // enumerator's type.
12521     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12522     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12523   }
12524 
12525   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12526                                   Val, EnumVal);
12527 }
12528 
12529 
12530 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12531                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12532                               AttributeList *Attr,
12533                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12534   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12535   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12536     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12537 
12538   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12539   // we find one that is.
12540   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12541 
12542   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12543   // scope.
12544   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12545                                          ForRedeclaration);
12546   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12547     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12548     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12549     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12550     PrevDecl = 0;
12551   }
12552 
12553   if (PrevDecl) {
12554     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12555     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12556     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12557            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12558     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12559       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12560         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12561       else
12562         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12563       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12564       return 0;
12565     }
12566   }
12567 
12568   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12569   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12570   // different from T:
12571   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12572   // enumerated type
12573   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12574                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12575                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12576     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12577         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12578       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12579 
12580   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12581     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12582 
12583   if (New) {
12584     // Process attributes.
12585     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12586 
12587     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12588     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12589     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12590   }
12591 
12592   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12593 
12594   return New;
12595 }
12596 
12597 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12598 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12599 // Element2 = Element1
12600 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12601 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12602 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12603 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12604   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12605   if (!InitExpr)
12606     return true;
12607   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12608 
12609   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12610     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12611       return true;
12612     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12613     if (!IL)
12614       return true;
12615     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12616       return true;
12617 
12618     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12619   }
12620 
12621   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12622   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12623   if (!DRE)
12624     return true;
12625 
12626   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12627   if (!EnumConstant)
12628     return true;
12629 
12630   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12631       Enum)
12632     return true;
12633 
12634   return false;
12635 }
12636 
12637 struct DupKey {
12638   int64_t val;
12639   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12640   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12641     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12642 };
12643 
12644 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12645   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12646                 false);
12647 }
12648 
12649 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12650   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12651   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12652   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12653     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12654   }
12655   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12656     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12657            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12658   }
12659 };
12660 
12661 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12662 // a previous element has already been set to.
12663 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12664                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12665                                         QualType EnumType) {
12666   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12667                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12668       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12669     return;
12670   // Avoid anonymous enums
12671   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12672     return;
12673 
12674   // Only check for small enums.
12675   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12676     return;
12677 
12678   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12679   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12680 
12681   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12682   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12683           ValueToVectorMap;
12684 
12685   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12686   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12687 
12688   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12689   // an initialier.
12690   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12691     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12692 
12693     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12694     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12695     if (!ECD) {
12696       return;
12697     }
12698 
12699     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12700       continue;
12701 
12702     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12703     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12704 
12705     // First time encountering this value.
12706     if (Entry.isNull())
12707       Entry = ECD;
12708   }
12709 
12710   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12711   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12712     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12713     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12714       continue;
12715 
12716     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12717 
12718     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12719     if (Entry.isNull())
12720       continue;
12721 
12722     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12723       // Ensure constants are different.
12724       if (D == ECD)
12725         continue;
12726 
12727       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12728       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12729       Vec->push_back(D);
12730       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12731 
12732       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12733       Entry = Vec;
12734 
12735       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12736       // diagnostics.
12737       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12738       continue;
12739     }
12740 
12741     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12742     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12743     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12744       continue;
12745 
12746     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12747   }
12748 
12749   // Emit diagnostics.
12750   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12751                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12752        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12753     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12754     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12755 
12756     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12757     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12758     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12759       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12760       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12761     ++I;
12762 
12763     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12764     // the same value.
12765     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12766       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12767         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12768         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12769     delete Vec;
12770   }
12771 }
12772 
12773 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12774                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12775                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12776                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12777   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12778   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12779 
12780   if (Attr)
12781     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12782 
12783   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12784     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12785       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12786         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12787       if (!ECD) continue;
12788 
12789       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12790     }
12791 
12792     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12793     return;
12794   }
12795 
12796   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12797   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12798   // emit a warning.
12799   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12800   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12801   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12802 
12803   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12804   // reverse the list.
12805   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12806   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12807 
12808   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12809   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12810 
12811   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12812     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12813       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12814     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12815 
12816     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12817 
12818     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12819     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12820       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12821                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12822     else
12823       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12824                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12825 
12826     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12827     if (AllElementsInt)
12828       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12829   }
12830 
12831   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12832   QualType BestType;
12833   unsigned BestWidth;
12834 
12835   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12836   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12837   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12838   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12839   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12840   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12841   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12842   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12843   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12844   QualType BestPromotionType;
12845 
12846   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12847   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12848   // enum definitions.
12849   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12850     Packed = true;
12851 
12852   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12853     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12854     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12855       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12856     else
12857       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12858     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12859     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12860     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12861     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12862   }
12863   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12864     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12865     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12866     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12867     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12868       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12869       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12870     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12871                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12872       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12873       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12874     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12875       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12876       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12877     } else {
12878       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12879 
12880       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12881         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12882       } else {
12883         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12884 
12885         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12886           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
12887         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12888       }
12889     }
12890     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12891   } else {
12892     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12893     // all of the enumerator values.
12894     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12895     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12896       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12897       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12898       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12899     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12900       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12901       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12902       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12903     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12904       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12905       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12906       BestPromotionType
12907         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12908                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12909     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12910                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12911       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12912       BestPromotionType
12913         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12914                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12915     } else {
12916       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12917       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12918              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12919       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12920       BestPromotionType
12921         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12922                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12923     }
12924   }
12925 
12926   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12927   // the type of the enum if needed.
12928   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12929     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12930     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12931 
12932     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12933     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12934     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12935     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12936     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12937 
12938     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12939     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12940 
12941     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12942     // the enum decl type.
12943     QualType NewTy;
12944     unsigned NewWidth;
12945     bool NewSign;
12946     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12947         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12948         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12949       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12950       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12951       NewSign = true;
12952     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12953       // Already the right type!
12954       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12955         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12956         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12957         // enumeration.
12958         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12959       continue;
12960     } else {
12961       NewTy = BestType;
12962       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12963       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12964     }
12965 
12966     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12967     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12968     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12969     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12970 
12971     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12972     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12973         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12974       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12975                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12976                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12977                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12978                                                 VK_RValue));
12979     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12980       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12981       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12982       // enumeration.
12983       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12984     else
12985       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12986   }
12987 
12988   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12989                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12990 
12991   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12992 
12993   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12994   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12995     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12996 }
12997 
12998 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12999                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13000                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13001   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13002 
13003   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13004                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13005                                                    EndLoc);
13006   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13007   return New;
13008 }
13009 
13010 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13011                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13012                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13013   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13014     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13015     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13016       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13017         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13018           << M->getFullModuleName();
13019         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13020         return;
13021       }
13022       break;
13023     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13024       break;
13025     }
13026     DC = LSD->getParent();
13027   }
13028 
13029   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13030     DC = DC->getParent();
13031   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13032     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13033       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13034     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13035            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13036       << DC;
13037   }
13038 }
13039 
13040 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13041                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13042                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13043   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
13044                                                 Module::AllVisible,
13045                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13046   if (!Mod)
13047     return true;
13048 
13049   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13050 
13051   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13052   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13053   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13054     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13055     // We need the length to be consistent.
13056     if (!ModCheck)
13057       break;
13058     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13059 
13060     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13061   }
13062 
13063   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13064                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13065                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13066                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13067   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13068   return Import;
13069 }
13070 
13071 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13072   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13073 
13074   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13075   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13076                                          /*Complain=*/true);
13077 }
13078 
13079 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
13080   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13081   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13082   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13083                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13084   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13085   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13086 
13087   // Make the module visible.
13088   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13089                                          /*Complain=*/false);
13090 }
13091 
13092 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13093                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13094                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13095                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13096                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13097   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13098                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13099   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13100                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13101 
13102   if (PrevDecl)
13103     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13104   else
13105     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13106       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13107 }
13108 
13109 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13110                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13111                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13112   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13113 
13114   if (PrevDecl) {
13115     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13116   } else {
13117     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13118       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13119         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13120   }
13121 }
13122 
13123 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13124                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13125                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13126                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13127                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13128   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13129                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13130   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13131 
13132   if (PrevDecl) {
13133     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13134       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13135         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13136   } else {
13137     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13138       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13139   }
13140 }
13141 
13142 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13143   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13144 }
13145 
13146 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13147   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13148   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13149   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13150   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13151   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13152   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13153   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13154     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13155     if (R != AR_Available)
13156       return R;
13157     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13158   }
13159   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13160   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13161   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13162             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13163     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13164   }
13165   return D->getAvailability();
13166 }
13167